1000 Electromagnetic Theory MCQs

1
1000 Electromagnetic Theory MCQs
Set by ltm3542 mcqsbook1@gmail.com source : https://www.sanfoundry.com
2
Our 1000+ Electromagnetic Theory questions and answers focuses on all areas of
Electromagnetic Theory subject covering 100+ topics in Electromagnetic Theory. These topics
are chosen from a collection of most authoritative and best reference books on Electromagnetic
Theory. One should spend 1 hour daily for 2-3 months to learn and assimilate Electromagnetic
Theory comprehensively. This way of systematic learning will prepare anyone easily towards
Electromagnetic Theory interviews, online tests, examinations and certifications.
Highlights
– 1000+ Multiple Choice Questions & Answers in Electromagnetic Theory with explanations.
– Every MCQ set focuses on a specific topic in Electromagnetic Theory Subject.
Who should Practice these Electromagnetic Theory Questions?

– Anyone wishing to sharpen their knowledge of Electromagnetic Theory Subject.
– Anyone preparing for aptitude test in Electromagnetic Theory.
– Anyone preparing for interviews (campus/off-campus interviews, walk-in interview and
company interviews).
– Anyone preparing for entrance examinations and other competitive examinations.
– All – Experienced, Freshers and Students
Here’s list of Questions & Answers on Electromagnetic Theory Subject covering 100+
topics:
1. Questions & Answers on Vector Analysis and Applications
The section contains questions and answers on dot and cross product, vector-position, properties
and distance.
Dot and Cross Product

Vector Properties
Position and Distance Vectors
2. Questions on Coordinate Systems and Transforms
The section contains questions on cartesian, cylindrical and spherical Coordinate System.
Cartesian Coordinate System

Spherical Coordinate System
Cylindrical Coordinate System
3
3. Questions & Answers on Vector Calculus
The section contains questions and answers on gradient, curl, line, surface and volume integrals,
theorems like-stokes, green’s, gauss divergence.
Gradient Volume Integral

Divergence Laplacian Operator
Curl Stokes Theorem
Line Integral Green’s Theorem
Surface Integral Gauss Divergence Theorem
4. Questions on Electrostatic Fields
The section contains questions on coulomb and gauss law with applications, electric field-
intensity, density, potential and electrostatic energy and proprties.
Coulomb Law
Relation of E,D,V
Electric Field Intensity
Real Time Applications
Electric Field Density
Electric Dipole
Electric Potential
Electrostatic Energy
Gauss Law
Electrostatic Properties
Applications of Gauss Law
5. Questions & Answers on Electric Fields in Material Space
The section contains questions on conductors, dielectrics and its strengths, polarization and
boundary conditions.
Conductors
Dielectric Strength and Constant
Dielectrics
Continuity Equation
Displacement and Conduction Current
Boundary Conditions
Polarization
6. Questions on Electrostatic Boundary Value Problem
The section contains questions on laplace and poisson equations, resistances, capacitances and
images.
Poisson and Laplace Equation

Method of Images
Resistances and Capacitances
4
7. Questions & Answers on Magnetostics
The section contains questions and answers on laws like-biot savart, faraday, lenz, ampere and
maxwell laws. magnetic field in intensity as well as density and also magnostatic energy and its
properties.
Biot Savart Law Magnetic Field Density

Faraday Law, EMF and Lenz Law Magnetic Vector Potential
Ampere Law Magnostatic Energy
Maxwell Law Magnetostatic Properties
Magnetic Field Intensity Real Time Applications
8. Questions on Magnetic Forces and Materials
The section contains questions and answers on magnetic force, torque, dipole, materials, energy,
circuits and boundary conditions.
Magnetic Force and Lorentz Force Magnetization

Magnetic Torque Magnetic Boundary Conditions
Magnetic Dipole Inductances
Magnetic Materials Magnetic Energy and Circuits
9. Questions & Answers on Maxwell Equations
The section contains questions on maxwell law 1, 2, 3, 4 and also maxwell law in time static
fields as well as time varying fields.
Maxwell Law 1
Maxwell Law in Time Static Fields
Maxwell Law 2
Maxwell Law in Time Varying Fields
Maxwell Law 3
Loss Tangent
Maxwell Law 4
10. Questions on EM Wave Propagation
The section contains questions and answers on types of polarization, plane waves in free space,
dielectrics as well as good conductor, brewster angle and snell law.
Lossy and Lossless Dielectrics Refractive Index and Numerical Aperture

Dielectric vs Conductor Wave Propagation Brewster Angle
Plane Waves in Free Space Snell Law and Critical Angle
Plane Waves in Good Conductor Types of Polarization
5
Plane Waves in Dielectrics S and P Polarised Waves
Power and Poynting Vector
11. Questions & Answers on Transmission Lines
The section contains questions on transmission line primary,secondary parameters with

equations, power and return loss,standing waves, reflection and transmission coefficients.
Transmission Line Primary Parameters

Intrinsic Impedance and Propagation Constant
Transmission Line Secondary Parameters
Skin Effect
Transmission Line Equations
Types of Transmission Lines
Input and Characteristic Impedances
Lossless and Distortionless Line
Reflection and Transmission Coefficients
Smith Chart
Standing Waves and SWR
Short and Open Circuit Lines
Power, Power Loss and Return Loss
12. Questions on Waveguides
The section contains questions on types and properties of waveguides with cut-off frequency and
wavelength,
traverse electric, magnetic and electric magnetic waves, transients.
Types of Waveguides
Transverse Electric Magnetic Waves(TEM)
Properties of Waveguides
Phase and Group Velocity
Cut-off Frequency and Wavelength
Waveguide Current and Excitation
Transverse Electric Waves(TE)
Transients
Transverse Magnetic Waves(TM)
13. Questions & Answers on Advanced and Tricky Questions
The section contains questions on advanced, tricky, tough questions on electromagnetic theory.
Ticky Electromagnetic Theory Questions

Advanced Electromagnetic Theory Questions
Tough Electromagnetic Theory Questions
6
1. Questions & Answers on Vector Analysis and Applications
The section contains questions and answers on dot and cross product, vector-position, properties
and distance.
Dot and Cross Product

Vector Properties
Position and Distance Vectors
7
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Dot and Cross Product”.
1. When two vectors are perpendicular, their

a) Dot product is zero
b) Cross product is zero
c) Both are zero
d) Both are not necessarily zero
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Dot product of two perpendicular vectors is given by A.B = |a||b|cos 90, which is
zero. Thus, dot product is zero and vectors are perpendicular.
2. The cross product of the vectors 3i + 4j – 5k and –i + j – 2k is,

a) 3i – 11j + 7k
b) -3i + 11j + 7k
c) -3i – 11j – 7k
8
d) -3i + 11j – 7k
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Cross product of two vectors is, A X B = (a2*b3 – b2*a3)i – (a1*b3 – b1*a3)j +
(a1*b2 – b1*a2)k. Using the formula, the answer can be calculated.
3. Which of the following are not vector functions in Electromagnetics?

a) Gradient
b) Divergence
c) Curl
d) There is no non- vector functions in Electromagnetics
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Since all the coordinates in electromagnetic are space coordinates, direction and
magnitude both are important. Thus all functions are vector only.
4. The work done of vectors force F and distance d, separated by angle θ can be calculated using,
a) Cross product
b) Dot product
c) Addition of two vectors
d) Cannot be calculated
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Force is a vector quantity, whereas distance is scalar. Work is defined as the
product of force and distance, which is given by dot product.
5. Find whether the vectors are parallel, (-2,1,-1) and (0,3,1)

a) Parallel
b) Collinearly parallel
c) Not parallel
d) Data insufficient
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Two vectors are parallel when their cross product is zero. Since their cross product
is 4i + 2j – 6k (non-zero), the vectors are not parallel.
6. Lorentz force is based on,

a) Dot product
9
b) Cross product
c) Both dot and cross product
d) Independent of both
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Lorentz force is given by, F = q (v x B).Thus cross product is the answer.
7. Electromagnetic forces are defined by

a) Fleming’s right hand rule
b) Fleming’s left hand rule
c) Faraday’s law
d) Ampere law
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The three left hand fingers denote electric field, magnetic field and wave
propagation in free space, analogous to force, magnetic field and current respectively in any
conductor.
8. The dot product of two vectors is a scalar. The cross product of two vectors is a vector. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Dot product is an algebraic operation that takes two equal length sequences and
returns a scalar. Cross product is a binary operation that calculates area of two vectors, thus
vector quantity.
9. Which of the Pythagorean Theorem is valid in Electromagnetics?

a) |dot product| + |dot product| = 1
b) |cross product| – |cross product| = 1
c) |dot product|2 + |cross product|2 = 1
d) |dot product| + |cross product| = 0
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Option c gives |cos|2 + |sin|2 = 1, which is the right answer.
10
10. Which of the following is not true?
a) A . (B . C) = scalar value
b) A . (B x C) = scalar value
c) A x (B . C) = scalar value
d) A x (B x C) = vector value
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Cross product of dot product of two vectors is a vector value.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Position and Distance Vectors”.
11
1. The distance vector is obtained in
a) Cartesian coordinate system
b) Spherical coordinate system
c) Circular coordinate system
d) Space coordinate system
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Vector formed by connecting two points in space is distance vector. Thus, it is
obtained in space coordinate system.
2. The divergence of distance vector is

a) 0
b) 3
c) 2
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The distance vector of any coordinates is generally, r = xi + yj + zk. The divergence
of r is 1 + 1 + 1 = 3.
3. Find a vector normal to a plane consisting of points p1(0,1,0), p2(1,0,1) and p3(0,0,1)
a) –j – k
b) –i – j
c) –i – k
d) –i – j – k
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Distance vector from p1 and p2 is a = i – j + k. Distance vector from p1 and p3 is b
= –j + k. The vector normal to these points is a X b = -j – k.
4. The unit vector to the points p1(0,1,0), p2(1,0,1), p3(0,0,1) is

a) (-j – k)/1.414
b) (-i – k)/1.414
c) (-i – j)/1.414
d) (-i – j – k)/1.414
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The cross product of p1, p2, p3 is a X b = -j – k and its magnitude is 1.414. The
12
unit normal vector is given by, (-j –
k)/1.414.
5. The polar form of Cartesian coordinates is

a) Circular coordinates
b) Spherical coordinates
c) Cartesian coordinates
d) Space coordinates
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The radius in the polar coordinates is the Pythagorean triplet-(r,x,y).Thus it is the
circular coordinates.
6. The work-electric field relation is given by

a) Volume integral
b) Surface integral
c) Line integral
d) Relation impossible
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The work done is given by, W = -Q ∫E dl. Thus it is line integral.
7. The distance vector can be used to compute which of the following?

a) Dot product
b) Cross product
c) Unit normal vector
d) Area
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The distance vector is the distance between two points on space, thus the unit
normal vector is computed using the distance vector.
8. Distance and position vectors rely on field strength. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Position or distance of a vector is dependent on the field strength.
13
9. Find the projection of A on B. Given A = 10j + 3k and B = 4j + 5k.
a) 6
b) 6.25
c) 6.5
d) 6.75
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Projection of A on B = (A . B)/|B|. Thus the answer is 40/6.4= 6.25.
10. The vector product of two vectors is given by area of the parallelogram. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The vector product of two vectors is A X B = AB sin θ. n, where n is the unit
normal vector to the plane given by A and B. Their magnitude is given by |A X B|, which is the
area of parallelogram.
14
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Vector Properties”.
1. The del operator is called as

a) Gradient
b) Curl
c) Divergence
d) Vector differential operator
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The Del operator is used to replace the differential terms, thus called vector
differential operator in electromagnetics.
2. The relation between vector potential and field strength is given by

a) Gradient
b) Divergence
c) Curl
d) Del operator
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The vector potential and field is given by, E = -Del (V).
3. The Laplacian operator is actually

a) Grad(Div V)
b) Div(Grad V)
c) Curl(Div V)
d) Div(Curl V)
View Answer
15
Answer: b
Explanation: The Laplacian operator is the divergence of gradient of a vector, which is also
called del2V operator.
4. The divergence of curl of a vector is zero. State True or False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The curl of a vector is the circular flow of flux. The divergence of circular flow is
considered to be zero.
5. The curl of gradient of a vector is non-zero. State True or False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The differential flow of flux in a vector is a vector. The curl of this quantity will be
zero.
6. Identify the correct vector identity.

a) i . i = j . j = k . k = 0
b) i X j = j X k = k X i = 1
c) Div (u X v) = v . Curl(u) – u . Curl(v)
d) i . j = j . k = k . i = 1
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: By standard proof, Div (u X v) = v . Curl(u) – u . Curl (v).
7. A vector is said to be solenoidal when its

a) Divergence is zero
b) Divergence is unity
c) Curl is zero
d) Curl is unity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: When the divergence of a vector is zero, it is said to be solenoidal /divergent-free.
16
8. The magnetic field intensity is said to be
a) Divergent
b) Curl free
c) Solenoidal
d) Rotational
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: By Maxwell’s equation, the magnetic field intensity is solenoidal due to the
absence of magnetic monopoles.
9. A field has zero divergence and it has curls. The field is said to be
a) Divergent, rotational
b) Solenoidal, rotational
c) Solenoidal, irrotational
d) Divergent, irrotational
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Since the path is not divergent, it is solenoidal and the path has curl, thus rotational.
10. When a vector is irrotational, which condition holds good?

a) Stoke’s theorem gives non-zero value
b) Stoke’s theorem gives zero value
c) Divergence theorem is invalid
d) Divergence theorem is valid
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Stoke’ theorem is given by, ∫ A.dl = ∫ (Curl A). ds, when curl is zero(irrotational),
the theorem gives zero value.
17
2. Questions on Coordinate Systems and Transforms
The section contains questions on cartesian, cylindrical and spherical Coordinate System.
Cartesian Coordinate System

Spherical Coordinate System
Cylindrical Coordinate System
18
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Cylindrical Coordinate System”.
1. The Cartesian system is also called as

a) Circular coordinate system
b) Rectangular coordinate system
c) Spherical coordinate system
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The other name for Cartesian is rectangular system, which is given by (x,y,z).
2. The volume of a parallelepiped in Cartesian is

a) dV = dx dy dz
19
b) dV = dx dy
c) dV = dy dz
d) dV = dx dz
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The volume of a parallelepiped is given by product of differential length, breadth
and height.
3. A charge is placed in a square container. The position of the charge with respect to the origin
can be found by
a) Spherical system
b) Circular system
c) Cartesian system
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Since the container possesses dimensions of a square (length, breadth and height), it
can be found by Cartesian system.
4. The scalar factor of Cartesian system is unity. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The range of Cartesian system is one to infinity. Thus the minimum scalar value of
the system is unity.
5. The angular separation between the vectors A = 4i + 3j + 5k and B = i – 2j + 2k is (in degrees)

a) 65.8
b) 66.8
c) 67.8
d) 68.8
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The dot product the vector is 8. Angle of separation is cos θ = 8/ (7.07 X 3) = 0.377
and θ = cos-1(0.377) = 67.8.
20
6. The Cartesian coordinates can be related to cylindrical coordinates and spherical coordinates.
State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: All the coordinate systems are inter-convertible and all the vector operations are
applicable to it.
7. Transform the vector A = 3i – 2j – 4k at P(2,3,3) to cylindrical coordinates

a) -3.6j – 4k
b) -3.6j + 4k
c) 3.6j – 4k
d) 3.6j + 4k
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Convert the Cartesian form to cylindrical form by formula and substitute the points
to get -3.6j – 4k.
8. The spherical equivalent of the vector B = yi + (x + z)j located at (-2,6,3) is given by

a) (7,64.62,71.57)
b) (7,-64.62,-71.57)
c) (7,-64.62,71.57)
d) (7,64.62,-71.57)
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Substitute the points in the vector and convert the Cartesian to cylindrical form to
get radius as 7, plane angle1 as 64.62 and plane angle2 as -71.57.
9. Which of the following criteria is used to choose a coordinate system?

a) Distance
b) Intensity
c) Magnitude
d) Geometry
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The coordinate system is chosen based on the geometry of the given problem. From
21
a point charge +Q, the electric field spreads in all 360 degrees. The calculation of electric field in
this case will be spherical system.
10. Vector transformation followed by coordinate point substitution and vice-versa, both given
the same result. Choose the best answer.
a) Possible, when the vector is constant
b) Possible, when the vector is variable
c) Possible in all cases
d) Not possible
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The order of vector transformation and point substitution will not affect the result,
only when the vector is a constant.
22
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Spherical Coordinate System”.
1. The cylindrical coordinate system is also referred to as

a) Cartesian system
b) Circular system
c) Spherical system
d) Space system
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The cylindrical coordinates(r,φ,z) is also called as circular system and is used for
systems with circular dimensions.
2. Transform the vector B=yi+(x+z)j located at point (-2,6,3) into cylindrical coordinates.
a) (6.325,-71.57,3)
b) (6.325,71.57,3)
c) (6.325,73.57,3)
d) (6.325,-73.57,3)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: ρ = √(x2+y2) = √40 = 6.325
Φ = tan-1(y/x) = tan-1(-6/2) = -71.57
z = 3.
3. Cylindrical systems have the following scalar values respectively

a) 1, ρ ,1
b) 1, 1, 1
c) 0,1,0
d) 1,0,0
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The range of radius is one to unity, that of plane angle is one to 360 degree and that
of z plane is one to infinity. Thus the minimum scalar factor has to be 1, ρ , 1.
4. A charge located at point p (5,30⁰,2) is said to be in which coordinate system?

a) Cartesian system
b) Cylindrical system
c) Spherical system
d) Space system
View Answer
23
Answer: b
Explanation: The cylindrical system is of the form (ρ, φ, z), which relates the point given in the
question.
5. Cylindrical system is employed in waveguides. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Cylindrical systems are employed in circular waveguides, whereas Cartesian
systems are employed in rectangular waveguides.
6. The pressure inside a piston cylinder is a variable of

a) Radius
b) Plane angle
c) Z plane distance
d) Constant, not a variable
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Pressure varies up and down in a cylinder due to suction. Thus it is dependent on
the z plane distance of the cylinder.
7. Charges filled inside a cylindrical will possess flux in which direction?

a) Upwards
b) Downwards
c) Laterally outwards
d) Inwards
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The flux due to the charges will act outside the cylinder. Since the cylinder
possesses curved surfaces, it will flow laterally outwards.
8. Rectangular waveguides dominate the circular waveguides. Find the reason.

a) Low cut-off frequency
b) Easy to design
c) More wave propagation
d) The statement is false
View Answer
24
Answer: b
Explanation: Due to linear design, the desired dimensions can be easily constructed using
rectangular waveguides than circular ones.
9. Transform the spherical system B = (10/r)i + (10cos θ)j + k into cylindrical form at (5, π/2, -2)
a) 2.467i + j + 1.167k
b) 2.467i – j + 1.167k
c) 2.467i – j – 1.167k
d) 2.467i + j – 1.167k
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The equivalent cylindrical form is given by,
B = (10sin θ/r + rcos2θ)i + j + (10cos θ/r –r sin θ cos θ)k
At (5, π/2, -2), r = √(52+-22) = √29
sin θ = 5/√29 and cos θ = -2/√29
Thus, B = 2.467i + j + 1.167k.
10. Convert the given rectangular coordinates A(2,3,1) into corresponding cylindrical
coordinates
a) (3.21,56.31,1)
b) (3.21,57.31,0)
c) (3.61,57.31,0)
d) (3.61,56.31,1)
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: ρ = √(x2+y2) = √13 = 3.61
Φ = tan-1(y/x) = 56.31
z=1
Thus, A = (3.61,56.31,1).
25
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers focuses on “Spherical Coordinate System”.
1. Convert the point (3,4,5) from Cartesian to spherical coordinates

a) (7.07,45⁰,53⁰)
b) (0.707,45⁰,53⁰)
c) (7.07,54⁰,63⁰)
d) (0.707,54⁰,63⁰)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: r = √(x2+y2+z2) = √50 = 7.07
Θ = cos-1(z/r) = cos-1(5/5√2) = 45⁰
Φ = tan-1(y/x) = tan-1(4/3) = 53⁰.
2. Example of spherical system in the following is

a) Charge in space
b) Charge in box
c) Charge in dielectric
d) Uncharged system
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: From a point charge +Q, the electric field spreads in all 360 degrees. The
calculation of electric field in this case will be spherical system. Thus it is charge in the space.
3. Spherical systems are employed in waveguides. State True/False

a) True
b) False
View Answer
26
Answer: b
Explanation: There is no waveguide designed spherically to avoid absorption, rather than
propagation.
4. Choose which of following condition is not required for a waveguide to exist.

a) The dimensions should be in accordance with desired frequency
b) Cut-off frequency should be minimum 6GHz
c) The shape should be spherical
d) No specific condition is required for waveguide design
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: A waveguide need not be spherical, it has to be rectangular or circular, as it violates
the propagation of the wave.
5. Find the spherical coordinates of A(2,3,-1)

a) (3.74, 105.5⁰, 56.13⁰)
b) (3.74, 105.5⁰, 56.31⁰)
c) (3.74, 106.5⁰, 56.13⁰)
d) (3.74, 106.5⁰, 56.31⁰)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: r = √(x2+y2+z2) = √14 = 3.74
Θ = cos-1(z/r) = cos-1(-1/3.74) = 105.5⁰
Φ = tan-1(y/x) = tan-1(3/2) = 56.31⁰.
6. Find the Cartesian coordinates of B(4,25⁰,120⁰)

a) (0.845, 1.462, 3.625)
b) (-0.845, 1.462, 3.625)
c) (-8.45, 2.462, 6.325)
d) (8.45, 2.462, 6.325)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: x = r sin θ cos φ = 4 sin25⁰ cos 120⁰ = -0.845
y = r sin θ sin φ = 4 sin 25⁰ sin 120⁰ = 1.462
z = r cos θ = 4 cos 25⁰ = 3.625.
7. The area of sphere can be computed from the sphere volume. State True/False.
a) True
27
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: On double integrating the differential volume, the area can be computed for a
sphere.
8. Given B= (10/r)i+( rcos θ) j+k in spherical coordinates. Find Cartesian points at (-3,4,0)
a) -2i + j
b) 2i + k
c) i + 2j
d) –i – 2k
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: r = √(x2+y2+z2) = √25 = 5
Θ = cos-1(z/r) = 1
Φ = tan-1(y/x) = tan-1(-4/3)
Thus, B = -2i + j.
9. The scalar factor of spherical coordinates is

a) 1, r, r sin θ
b) 1, r, r
c) r, r, 1
d) r, 1, r
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The radius varies from unity to infinity, the plane angle from zero to 360 ⁰ and the z
plane from (-∞, ∞) .
10. Transform the vector (4,-2,-4) at (1,2,3) into spherical coordinates.

a) 3.197i – 2.393j + 4.472k
b) -3.197i + 2.393j – 4.472k
c) 3.197i + 2.393j + 4.472k
d) -3.197i – 2.393j – 4.472k
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: r = √(x2+y2+z2) = 3.74
Θ = cos-1(z/r) = cos-1(3/3.74) = 36.7⁰
Φ = tan-1(y/x) = tan-1(2/1) = 63.4⁰
28
A = (4 sin θ cos φ – 2 sin θ sin φ – 4cos θ)i + (4 cos θ cos φ – 2 cos θ sin φ + 4 sin θ)j + (-4 sin φ
– 2 cos φ)k
On substituting r, θ, φ, A = -3.197i + 2.393j – 4.472k.
3. Questions & Answers on Vector Calculus
The section contains questions and answers on gradient, curl, line, surface and volume integrals,
theorems like-stokes, green’s, gauss divergence.
Gradient Volume Integral

Divergence Laplacian Operator
Curl Stokes Theorem
Line Integral Green’s Theorem
Surface Integral Gauss Divergence Theorem
29
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Gradient”.
1. Gradient of a function is a constant. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Gradient of any scalar function may be defined as a vector. The vector’s magnitude
and direction are those of the maximum space rate of change of φ.
30
2. The mathematical perception of the gradient is said to be
a) Tangent
b) Chord
c) Slope
d) Arc
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The gradient is the rate of change of space of flux in electromagnetics. This is
analogous to the slope in mathematics.
3. Divergence of gradient of a vector function is equivalent to

a) Laplacian operation
b) Curl operation
c) Double gradient operation
d) Null vector
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Div (Grad V) = (Del)2V, which is the Laplacian operation. A function is said to be
harmonic in nature, when its Laplacian tends to zero.
4. The gradient of xi + yj + zk is
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Grad (xi + yj + zk) = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3. In other words, the gradient of any position
vector is 3.
5. Find the gradient of t = x2y+ ez at the point p(1,5,-2)

a) i + 10j + 0.135k
b) 10i + j + 0.135k
c) i + 0.135j + 10k
d) 10i + 0.135j + k
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Grad(t) = 2xy i + x2 j + ez k. On substituting p(1,5,-2), we get 10i + j + 0.135k.
31
6. Curl of gradient of a vector is
a) Unity
b) Zero
c) Null vector
d) Depends on the constants of the vector
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Gradient of any function leads to a vector. Similarly curl of that vector gives
another vector, which is always zero for all constants of the vector. A zero value in vector is
always termed as null vector(not simply a zero).
7. Find the gradient of the function given by, x2 + y2 + z2 at (1,1,1)

a) i + j + k
b) 2i + 2j + 2k
c) 2xi + 2yj + 2zk
d) 4xi + 2yj + 4zk
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Grad(x2+y2+z2) = 2xi + 2yj + 2zk. Put x=1, y=1, z=1, the gradient will be 2i + 2j +
2k.
8. The gradient can be replaced by which of the following?

a) Maxwell equation
b) Volume integral
c) Differential equation
d) Surface integral
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Since gradient is the maximum space rate of change of flux, it can be replaced by
differential equations.
9. When gradient of a function is zero, the function lies parallel to the x-axis. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Gradient of a function is zero implies slope is zero. When slope is zero, the function
will be parallel to x-axis or y value is constant.
32
10. Find the gradient of the function sin x + cos y.
a) cos x i – sin y j
b) cos x i + sin y j
c) sin x i – cos y j
d) sin x i + cos y j
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Grad (sin x + cos y) gives partial differentiation of sin x+ cos y with respect to x
and partial differentiation of sin x + cos y with respect to y and similarly with respect to z. This
gives cos x i – sin y j + 0 k = cos x i – sin y j.
33
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Divergence”.
1. The divergence of a vector is a scalar. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Divergence can be computed only for a vector. Since it is the measure of outward
flow of flux from a small closed surface as the volume shrinks to zero, the result will be
directionless (scalar).
2. The divergence concept can be illustrated using Pascal’s law. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Consider the illustration of Pascal’s law, wherein a ball is pricked with holes all
over its body. After water is filled in it and pressure is applied on it, the water flows out the holes
uniformly. This is analogous to the flux flowing outside a closed surface as the volume reduces.
3. Compute the divergence of the vector xi + yj + zk.

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The vector given is a position vector. The divergence of any position vector is
always 3.
4. Find the divergence of the vector yi + zj + xk.

a) -1
b) 0
c) 1
d) 3
View Answer
34
Answer: b
Explanation: Div (yi + zj + xk) = Dx(y) + Dy(z) + Dz(x), which is zero. Here D refers to partial
differentiation.
5. Given D = e-xsin y i – e-xcos y j

Find divergence of D.
a) 3
b) 2
c) 1
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Div (D) = Dx(e-xsin y) + Dy(-e-xcos y ) = -e-xsin y + e-xsin y = 0.
6. Find the divergence of the vector F= xe-x i + y j – xz k

a) (1 – x)(1 + e-x)
b) (x – 1)(1 + e-x)
c) (1 – x)(1 – e)
d) (x – 1)(1 – e)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Div(F) = Dx(xe-x) + Dy(y)+Dz(-xz) = -xe-x + e-x + 1 – x =
e-x(1 – x) + (1 – x) = (1 – x)(1 + e-x).
7. Determine the divergence of F = 30 i + 2xy j + 5xz2 k at (1,1,-0.2) and state the nature of the
field.
a) 1, solenoidal
b) 0, solenoidal
c) 1, divergent
d) 0, divergent
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Div(F) = Dx(30) + Dy(2xy) + Dz(5xz2) = 0 + 2x + 10xz = 2x + 10xz
Divergence at (1,1,-0.2) will give zero. As the divergence is zero, field is solenoidal.
Alternate/Shortcut: Without calculation, we can easily choose option b, as by theory when the
divergence is zero, the vector is solenoidal. Option b is the only one which is satisfying this
condition.
35
8. Find whether the vector is solenoidal, E = yz i + xz j + xy k
a) Yes, solenoidal
b) No, non-solenoidal
c) Solenoidal with negative divergence
d) Variable divergence
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Div(E) = Dx(yz) + Dy(xz) + Dz(xy) = 0. The divergence is zero, thus vector is
divergentless or solenoidal.
9. Find the divergence of the field, P = x2yz i + xz k

a) xyz + 2x
b) 2xyz + x
c) xyz + 2z
d) 2xyz + z
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Div(P) = Dx(x2yz) + Dy(0) + Dz(xz) = 2xyz + x, which is option b. For different
values of x,y,z the divergence of the field varies.
10. Identify the nature of the field, if the divergence is zero and curl is also zero.
a) Solenoidal, irrotational
b) Divergent, rotational
c) Solenoidal, irrotational
d) Divergent, rotational
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Since the vector field does not diverge (moves in a straight path), the divergence is
zero. Also, the path does not possess any curls, so the field is irrotational.
36
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Curl”.
1. Curl is defined as the angular velocity at every point of the vector field. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Curl is defined as the circulation of a vector per unit area. It is the cross product of
the del operator and any vector field. Circulation implies the angular at every point of the vector
field. It is obtained by multiplying the component of the vector parallel to the specified closed
path at each point along it, by the differential path length and summing the results.
2. The curl of curl of a vector is given by,

a) Div(Grad V) – (Del)2V
b) Grad(Div V) – (Del)2V
c) (Del)2V – Div(Grad V)
d) (Del)2V – Grad(Div V)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Curl (Curl V) = Grad (Div V) – (Del)2V is a standard result of the curl operation.
3. Which of the following theorem use the curl operation?

a) Green’s theorem
b) Gauss Divergence theorem
c) Stoke’s theorem
37
d) Maxwell equation
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Stoke’s theorem is given by ∫ A.dl = ∫Curl(A).ds, which uses the curl operation.
There can be confusion with Maxwell equation also, but it uses curl in electromagnetics
specifically, whereas the Stoke’s theorem uses it in a generalised manner. Thus the best option is
c.
4. The curl of a curl of a vector gives a

a) Scalar
b) Vector
c) Zero value
d) Non zero value
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Curl is always defined for vectors only. The curl of a vector is a vector only. The
curl of the resultant vector is also a vector only.
5. Find the curl of the vector and state its nature at (1,1,-0.2)
F = 30 i + 2xy j + 5xz2 k
a) √4.01
b) √4.02
c) √4.03
d) √4.04
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Curl F = -5z2 j + 2y k. At (1,1,-0.2), Curl F = -0.2 j + 2 k. |Curl F| = √(-0.22+22) =
√4.04.
6. Is the vector is irrotational. E = yz i + xz j + xy k

a) Yes
b) No
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Curl E = i(Dy(xy) – Dz(xz)) – j (Dx(xy) – Dz(yz)) + k(Dx(xz) – Dy(yz)) =
i(x – x) – j(y – y) + k(z – z) = 0
Since the curl is zero, the vector is irrotational or curl-free.
38
7. Find the curl of A = (y cos ax)i + (y + ex)k
a) 2i – ex j – cos ax k
b) i – ex j – cos ax k
c) 2i – ex j + cos ax k
d) i – ex j + cos ax k
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Curl A = i(Dy(y + ex)) – j (Dx(y + ex) – Dz(y cos ax)) + k(-Dy(y cos ax))
= 1.i – j(ex) – k cos ax = i – ex j – cos ax k.
8. Find the curl of the vector A = yz i + 4xy j + y k

a) xi + j + (4y – z)k
b) xi + yj + (z – 4y)k
c) i + j + (4y – z)k
d) i + yj + (4y – z)k
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Curl A = i(Dy(y) – Dz(0)) – j (Dx(0) – Dz(yz)) + k(Dx(4xy) – Dy(yz)) =
i + y j + (4y – z)k, which is option d.
9. Curl cannot be employed in which one of the following?

a) Directional coupler
b) Magic Tee
c) Isolator and Terminator
d) Waveguides
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In the options a, b, c, the EM waves travel both in linear and angular motion, which
involves curl too. But in waveguides, as the name suggests, only guided propagation occurs (no
bending or curl of waves).
10. Which of the following Maxwell equations use curl operation?

a) Maxwell 1st and 2nd equation
b) Maxwell 3rd and 4th equation
c) All the four equations
d) None of the equations
View Answer
39
Answer: a
Explanation: Maxwell 1st equation, Curl (H) = J (Ampere law)
Maxwell 2nd equation, Curl (E) = -D(B)/Dt (Faraday’s law)
Maxwell 3rd equation, Div (D) = Q (Gauss law for electric field)
Maxwell 4th equation, Div (B) = 0(Gauss law for magnetic field)
It is clear that only 1st and 2nd equations use the curl operation.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Line Integral”.
1. An electric field is given as E = 6y2z i + 12xyz j + 6xy2 k. An incremental path is given by dl

= -3 i + 5 j – 2 k mm. The work done in moving a 2mC charge along the path if the location of
the path is at p(0,2,5) is (in Joule)
a) 0.64
b) 0.72
c) 0.78
d) 0.80
View Answer
40
Answer: b
Explanation: W = -Q E.dl
W = -2 X 10-3 X (6y2z i + 12xyz j + 6xy2 k) . (-3 i + 5 j -2 k)
At p(0,2,5), W = -2(-18.22.5) X 10-3 = 0.72 J.
2. The integral form of potential and field relation is given by line integral. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Vab = -∫ E.dl is the relation between potential and field. It is clear that it is given by
line integral.
3. If V = 2x2y – 5z, find its electric field at point (-4,3,6)

a) 47.905
b) 57.905
c) 67.905
d) 77.905
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: E = -Grad (V) = -4xy i – 2×2 j + 5k
At (-4,3,6), E = 48 i – 32 j + 5 k, |E| = √3353 = 57.905 units.
4. Find the potential between two points p(1,-1,0) and q(2,1,3) with E = 40xy i + 20x2 j + 2 k
a) 104
b) 105
c) 106
d) 107
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: V = -∫ E.dl = -∫ (40xy dx + 20x2 dy + 2 dz) , from q to p.
On integrating, we get 106 volts.
5. Find the potential between a(-7,2,1) and b(4,1,2). Given E = (-6y/x2 )i + ( 6/x) j + 5 k.
a) -8.014
b) -8.114
c) -8.214
d) -8.314
View Answer
41
Answer: c
Explanation: V = -∫ E.dl = -∫ (-6y/x2 )dx + ( 6/x)dy + 5 dz, from b to a.
On integrating, we get -8.214 volts.
6. The potential of a uniformly charged line with density λ is given by,

λ/(2πε) ln(b/a). State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electric field intensity is given by, E = λ/(2πεr)
Vab = -∫ E.dr = -∫ λ/(2πεr). On integrating from b to a, we get λ/(2πε) ln(b/a).
7. A field in which a test charge around any closed surface in static path is zero is called
a) Solenoidal
b) Rotational
c) Irrotational
d) Conservative
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Work done in moving a charge in a closed path is zero. It is expressed as, ∫ E.dl = 0.
The field having this property is called conservative or lamellar field.
8. The potential in a lamellar field is

a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Work done in a lamellar field is zero. ∫ E.dl = 0,thus ∑V = 0. The potential will be
zero.
9. Line integral is used to calculate

a) Force
b) Area
c) Volume
d) Length
View Answer
42
Answer: d
Explanation: Length is a linear quantity, whereas area is two dimensional and volume is three
dimensional. Thus single or line integral can be used to find length in general.
10. The energy stored in the inductor 100mH with a current of 2A is

a) 0.2
b) 0.4
c) 0.6
d) 0.8
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: dw = ei dt = Li di, W = L∫ i.di
Energy E = 0.5LI2 = 0.5 X 0.1 X 22 = 0.2 Joule.
43
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Surface Integral”.
1. Gauss law for electric field uses surface integral. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Gauss law states that the electric flux passing through any closed surface is equal to
the total charge enclosed by the surface. Thus the charge is defined as a surface integral.
2. Surface integral is used to compute

a) Surface
b) Area
c) Volume
d) density
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Surface integral is used to compute area, which is the product of two quantities
length and breadth. Thus it is two dimensional integral.
3. Coulomb’s law can be derived from Gauss law. State True/ False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Gauss law, Q = ∫∫D.ds
By considering area of a sphere, ds = r2sin θ dθ dφ.
On integrating, we get Q = 4πr2D and D = εE, where E = F/Q.
Thus, we get Coulomb’s law F = Q1 x Q2/4∏εR2.
4. Evaluate Gauss law for D = 5r2/4 i in spherical coordinates with r = 4m and θ = π/2.
a) 600
b) 599.8
c) 588.9
d) 577.8
View Answer
44
Answer: c
Explanation: ∫∫ ( 5r2/4) . (r2 sin θ dθ dφ), which is the integral to be evaluated.
Put r = 4m and substitute θ = 0→ π/4 and φ = 0→ 2π, the integral evaluates to 588.9.
5. Compute the Gauss law for D= 10ρ3/4 i, in cylindrical coordinates with ρ= 4m, z=0 and z=5.
a) 6100 π
b) 6200 π
c) 6300 π
d) 6400 π
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: ∫∫ D.ds = ∫∫ (10ρ3/4).(ρ dφ dz), which is the integral to be evaluated. Put ρ = 4m, z =
0→5 and φ = 0→2π, the integral evaluates to 6400π.
6. Compute divergence theorem for D= 5r2/4 i in spherical coordinates between r=1 and r=2.
a) 80π
b) 5π
c) 75π
d) 85π
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: ∫∫ ( 5r2/4) . (r2 sin θ dθ dφ), which is the integral to be evaluated. Since it is double
integral, we need to keep only two variables and one constant compulsorily. Evaluate it as two
integrals keeping r = 1 for the first integral and r = 2 for the second integral, with φ = 0→2π and
θ = 0→ π. The first integral value is 80π, whereas second integral gives -5π. On summing both
integrals, we get 75π.
7. Find the value of divergence theorem for A = xy2 i + y3 j + y2z k for a cuboid given by 0<x<1,
0<y<1 and 0<z<1.
a) 1
b) 4/3
c) 5/3
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: A cuboid has six faces. ∫∫A.ds = ∫∫Ax=0 dy dz + ∫∫Ax=1 dy dz + ∫∫Ay=0 dx dz +
∫∫Ay=1 dx dz + ∫∫Az=0 dy dx + ∫∫Az=1 dy dx. Substituting A and integrating we get (1/3) + 1 +
(1/3) = 5/3.
45
8. The ultimate result of the divergence theorem evaluates which one of the following?
a) Field intensity
b) Field density
c) Potential
d) Charge and flux
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Gauss law states that the electric flux passing through any closed surface is equal to
the total charge enclosed by the surface. Thus, it is given by, ψ = ∫∫ D.ds= Q, where the
divergence theorem computes the charge and flux, which are both the same.
9. Find the value of divergence theorem for the field D = 2xy i + x2 j for the rectangular
parallelepiped given by x = 0 and 1, y = 0 and 2, z = 0 and 3.
a) 10
b) 12
c) 14
d) 16
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: While evaluating surface integral, there has to be two variables and one constant
compulsorily. ∫∫D.ds = ∫∫Dx=0 dy dz + ∫∫Dx=1 dy dz + ∫∫Dy=0 dx dz + ∫∫Dy=2 dx dz + ∫∫Dz=0 dy
dx + ∫∫Dz=3 dy dx. Put D in equation, the integral value we get is 12.
10. If D = 2xy i + 3yz j + 4xz k, how much flux passes through x = 3 plane for which -1<y<2 and
0<z<4?
a) 12
b) 24
c) 36
d) 48
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: By Gauss law, ψ = ∫∫ D.ds, where ds = dydz i at the x-plane. Put x = 3 and integrate
at -1<y<2 and 0<z<4, we get 12 X 3 = 36.
46
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Volume Integral”.
1. The divergence theorem converts

a) Line to surface integral
b) Surface to volume integral
c) Volume to line integral
d) Surface to line integral
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The divergence theorem is given by, ∫∫ D.ds = ∫∫∫ Div (D) dv. It is clear that it
converts surface (double) integral to volume(triple) integral.
2. The triple integral is used to compute volume. State True/False

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The triple integral, as the name suggests integrates the function/quantity three
times. This gives volume which is the product of three independent quantities.
3. The volume integral is three dimensional. State True/False

a) True
b) False
View Answer
47
Answer: a
Explanation: Volume integral integrates the independent quantities by three times. Thus it is said
to be three dimensional integral or triple integral.
4. Find the charged enclosed by a sphere of charge density ρ and radius a.

a) ρ (4πa2)
b) ρ(4πa3/3)
c) ρ(2πa2)
d) ρ(2πa3/3)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The charge enclosed by the sphere is Q = ∫∫∫ ρ dv.
Where, dv = r2 sin θ dr dθ dφ and on integrating with r = 0->a, φ = 0->2π and θ = 0->π, we get Q
= ρ(4πa3/3).
5. Evaluate Gauss law for D = 5r2/4 i in spherical coordinates with r = 4m and θ = π/2 as volume
integral.
a) 600
b) 588.9
c) 577.8
d) 599.7
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: ∫∫ D.ds = ∫∫∫ Div (D) dv, where RHS needs to be computed.
The divergence of D given is, Div(D) = 5r and dv = r2 sin θ dr dθ dφ. On integrating, r = 0->4, φ
= 0->2π and θ = 0->π/4, we get Q = 588.9.
6. Compute divergence theorem for D = 5r2/4 i in spherical coordinates between r = 1 and r = 2

in volume integral.
a) 80 π
b) 5 π
c) 75 π
d) 85 π
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: D.ds = ∫∫∫ Div (D) dv, where RHS needs to be computed.
The divergence of D given is, Div(D) = 5r and dv = r2 sin θ dr dθ dφ. On integrating, r = 1->2, φ
= 0->2π and θ = 0->π, we get Q = 75 π.
48
7. Compute the Gauss law for D = 10ρ3/4 i, in cylindrical coordinates with ρ = 4m, z = 0 and z =
5, hence find charge using volume integral.
a) 6100 π
b) 6200 π
c) 6300 π
d) 6400 π
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Q = D.ds = ∫∫∫ Div (D) dv, where RHS needs to be computed.
The divergence of D given is, Div(D) = 10 ρ2 and dv = ρ dρ dφ dz. On integrating, ρ = 0->4, φ =
0->2π and z = 0->5, we get Q = 6400 π.
8. Using volume integral, which quantity can be calculated?

a) area of cube
b) area of cuboid
c) volume of cube
d) distance of vector
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The volume integral gives the volume of a vector in a region. Thus volume of a
cube can be computed.
9. Compute the charge enclosed by a cube of 2m each edge centered at the origin and with the
edges parallel to the axes. Given D = 10y3/3 j.
a) 20
b) 70/3
c) 80/3
d) 30
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Div(D) = 10y2
∫∫∫Div (D) dv = ∫∫∫ 10y2 dx dy dz. On integrating, x = -1->1, y = -1->1 and z = -1->1, we get Q =
80/3.
10. Find the value of divergence theorem for the field D = 2xy i + x2 j for the rectangular
parallelepiped given by x = 0 and 1, y = 0 and 2, z = 0 and 3.
a) 10
b) 12
c) 14
49
d) 16
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Div (D) = 2y
∫∫∫Div (D) dv = ∫∫∫ 2y dx dy dz. On integrating, x = 0->1, y = 0->2 and z = 0->3, we get Q = 12.
Interview Questions and Answers focuses on “Laplacian Operator”.
1. The point form of Gauss law is given by, Div(V) = ρv

State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The integral form of Gauss law is ∫∫∫ ρv dv = V. Thus differential or point form will
be Div(V) = ρv.
2. If a function is said to be harmonic, then

a) Curl(Grad V) = 0
50
b) Div(Curl V) = 0
c) Div(Grad V) = 0
d) Grad(Curl V) = 0
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Though option a & b are also correct, for harmonic fields, the Laplacian of electric
potential is zero. Now, Laplacian refers to Div(Grad V), which is zero for harmonic fields.
3. The Poisson equation cannot be determined from Laplace equation. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Poisson equation is a general case for Laplace equation. If volume charge
density exists for a field, then (Del)2V= -ρv/ε, which is called Poisson equation.
4. Given the potential V = 25 sin θ, in free space, determine whether V satisfies Laplace’s
equation.
a) Yes
b) No
c) Data sufficient
d) Potential is not defined
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: (Del)2V = 0
(Del)2V = (Del)2(25 sin θ), which is not equal to zero. Thus the field does not satisfy Laplace
equation.
5. If a potential V is 2V at x = 1mm and is zero at x=0 and volume charge density is -106εo,
constant throughout the free space region between x = 0 and x = 1mm. Calculate V at x =
0.5mm.
a) 0.875
b) 0.675
c) 0.475
d) 0.275
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Del2(V) = -ρv/εo= +106
51
On integrating twice with respect to x, V = 106. (x2/2) + C1x + C2.
Substitute the boundary conditions, x = 0, V = 0 and x = 1mm, V = 2V in V,
C1 = 1500 and C2 = 0. At x = 0.5mm, we get, V = 0.875V.
6. Find the Laplace equation value of the following potential field

V = x2 – y2 + z2
a) 0
b) 2
c) 4
d) 6
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: (Del) V = 2x – 2y + 2z
(Del)2 V = 2 – 2 + 2= 2, which is non zero value. Thus it doesn’t satisfy Laplace equation.

V = ρ cosφ + z
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: (Del)2 (ρ cosφ + z)= (cos φ/r) – (cos φ/r) + 0
= 0, this satisfies Laplace equation. The value is 0.

V = r cos θ + φ
a) 3
b) 2
c) 1
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: (Del)2 (r cos θ + φ) = (2 cosθ/r) – (2 cosθ/r) + 0
= 0, this satisfies Laplace equation. This value is 0.
9. The Laplacian operator cannot be used in which one the following?

a) Two dimensional heat equation
52
b) Two dimensional wave equation
c) Poisson equation
d) Maxwell equation
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The first three options are general cases of Laplacian equation. Maxwell equation
uses only divergence and curl, which is first order differential equation, whereas Laplacian
operator is second order differential equation. Thus Maxwell equation will not employ Laplacian
operator.
10. When a potential satisfies Laplace equation, then it is said to be

a) Solenoidal
b) Divergent
c) Lamellar
d) Harmonic
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: A field satisfying the Laplace equation is termed as harmonic field.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Stoke’s Theorem”.
53
1. Find the value of Stoke’s theorem for y i + z j + x k.
a) i + j
b) j + k
c) i + j + k
d) –i – j – k
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The curl of y i + z j + x k is i(0-1) – j(1-0) + k(0-1) =
-i –j –k. Since the curl is zero, the value of Stoke’s theorem is zero. The function is said to be
irrotational.
2. The Stoke’s theorem uses which of the following operation?

a) Divergence
b) Gradient
c) Curl
d) Laplacian
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: ∫A.dl = ∫∫ Curl (A).ds is the expression for Stoke’s theorem. It is clear that the
theorem uses curl operation.
3. Which of the following theorem convert line integral to surface integral?

a) Gauss divergence and Stoke’s theorem
b) Stoke’s theorem only
c) Green’ s theorem only
d) Stoke’s and Green’s theorem
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The Stoke’s theorem is given by ∫A.dl = ∫∫ Curl (A).ds. Green’s theorem is given
by, ∫ F dx + G dy = ∫∫ (dG/dx – dF/dy) dx dy. It is clear that both the theorems convert line to
surface integral.
4. Find the value of Stoke’s theorem for A = x i + y j + z k. The state of the function will be
a) Solenoidal
b) Divergent
c) Rotational
d) Curl free
View Answer
54
Answer: Since curl is required, we need not bother about divergence property. The curl of the
function will be i(0-0) – j(0-0) + k(0-0) = 0. The curl is zero, thus the function is said to be
irrotational or curl free.
5. The Stoke’s theorem can be used to find which of the following?

a) Area enclosed by a function in the given region
b) Volume enclosed by a function in the given region
c) Linear distance
d) Curl of the function
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: It states that the line integral of a function gives the surface area of the function
enclosed by the given region. This is computed using the double integral of the curl of the
function.
6. The energy stored in an inductor 2H and current 4A is

a) 4
b) 8
c) 12
d) 16
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From Stoke’s theorem, we can calculate energy stored in an inductor as 0.5Li2. E =
0.5 X 2 X 42 = 16 units.
7. The voltage of a capacitor 12F with a rating of 2J energy is

a) 0.57
b) 5.7
c) 57
d) 570
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We can compute the energy stored in a capacitor from Stoke’s theorem as 0.5Cv2.
Thus given energy is 0.5 X 12 X v2. We get v = 0.57 volts.
8. Find the power, given energy E = 2J and current density J = x2 varies from x = 0 and x = 1.
a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) 1
55
d) 4/3
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From Stoke’s theorem, we can calculate P = E X I = ∫ E. J ds
= 2∫ x2 dx as x = 0->1. We get P = 2/3 units.
9. The conductivity of a material with current density 1 unit and electric field 200 μV is
a) 2000
b) 3000
c) 4000
d) 5000
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The current density is given by, J = σE. To find conductivity, σ = J/E = 1/200 X 10-
6
= 5000.
10. The resistivity of a material with resistance 200 ohm, length 10m and area twice that of the
length is
a) 200
b) 300
c) 400
d) 500
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Resistance calculated from Ohm’s law and Stoke’s theorem will be R = ρL/A. To
get resistivity, ρ = RA/L = 200 X 20/10 = 400.
56
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Green’s Theorem”.
1. Mathematically, the functions in Green’s theorem will be

a) Continuous derivatives
b) Discrete derivatives
c) Continuous partial derivatives
d) Discrete partial derivatives
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Green’s theorem states that if L and M are functions of (x,y) in an open region
containing D and having continuous partial derivatives then,
∫ (F dx + G dy) = ∫∫(dG/dx – dF/dy)dx dy, with path taken anticlockwise.
2. Find the value of Green’s theorem for F = x2 and G = y2 is

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: ∫∫(dG/dx – dF/dy)dx dy = ∫∫(0 – 0)dx dy = 0. The value of Green’s theorem gives
zero for the functions given.
3. Which of the following is not an application of Green’s theorem?

a) Solving two dimensional flow integrals
b) Area surveying
c) Volume of plane figures
d) Centroid of plane figures
View Answer
57
Answer: c
Explanation: In physics, Green’s theorem is used to find the two dimensional flow integrals. In
plane geometry, it is used to find the area and centroid of plane figures.
4. The path traversal in calculating the Green’s theorem is

a) Clockwise
b) Anticlockwise
c) Inwards
d) Outwards
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Green’s theorem calculates the area traversed by the functions in the region in
the anticlockwise direction. This converts the line integral to surface integral.
5. Calculate the Green’s value for the functions F = y2 and G = x2 for the region x = 1 and y = 2
from origin.
a) 0
b) 2
c) -2
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: ∫∫(dG/dx – dF/dy)dx dy = ∫∫(2x – 2y)dx dy. On integrating for x = 0->1 and y = 0-
>2, we get Green’s value as -2.
6. If two functions A and B are discrete, their Green’s value for a region of circle of radius a in
the positive quadrant is
a) ∞
b) -∞
c) 0
d) Does not exist
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Green’s theorem is valid only for continuous functions. Since the given functions
are discrete, the theorem is invalid or does not exist.
7. Applications of Green’s theorem are meant to be in

a) One dimensional
b) Two dimensional
58
c) Three dimensional
d) Four dimensional
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Since Green’s theorem converts line integral to surface integral, we get the value as
two dimensional. In other words the functions are variable with respect to x,y, which is two
dimensional.
8. The Green’s theorem can be related to which of the following theorems mathematically?
a) Gauss divergence theorem
b) Stoke’s theorem
c) Euler’s theorem
d) Leibnitz’s theorem
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Green’s theorem is a special case of the Kelvin- Stokes theorem, when applied
to a region in the x-y plane. It is a widely used theorem in mathematics and physics.
9. The Shoelace formula is a shortcut for the Green’s theorem. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Shoelace theorem is used to find the area of polygon using cross multiples.
This can be verified by dividing the polygon into triangles. It is a special case of Green’s
theorem.
10. Find the area of a right angled triangle with sides of 90 degree unit and the functions
described by L = cos y and M = sin x.
a) 0
b) 45
c) 90
d) 180
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: dM/dx = cos x and dL/dy = -sin y
∫∫(dM/dx – dL/dy)dx dy = ∫∫ (cos x + sin y)dx dy. On integrating with x = 0->90 and y = 0->90,
59
we get area of right angled triangle as -180 units (taken in clockwise direction). Since area
cannot be negative, we take 180 units.
Questions and Answers for Freshers focuses on “Gauss Divergence Theorem”.
1. Gauss theorem uses which of the following operations?

a) Gradient
b) Curl
c) Divergence
d) Laplacian
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Gauss divergence theorem uses divergence operator to convert surface to
volume integral. It is used to calculate the volume of the function enclosing the region given.
2. Evaluate the surface integral ∫∫ (3x i + 2y j). dS, where S is the sphere given by x 2 + y2 + z2 =
9.
a) 120π
60
b) 180π
c) 240π
d) 300π
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: We could parameterise surface and find surface integral, but it is wise to use
divergence theorem to get faster results. The divergence theorem is given by ∫∫ F.dS = ∫∫∫ Div
(F).dV
Div (3x i + 2y j) = 3 + 2 = 5. Now the volume integral will be ∫∫∫ 5.dV, where dV is the volume
of the sphere 4πr3/3 and r = 3units.Thus we get 180π.
3. The Gauss divergence theorem converts

a) line to surface integral
b) line to volume integral
c) surface to line integral
d) surface to volume integral
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The divergence theorem for a function F is given by ∫∫ F.dS = ∫∫∫ Div (F).dV. Thus
it converts surface to volume integral.
4. The divergence theorem for a surface consisting of a sphere is computed in which coordinate
system?
a) Cartesian
b) Cylindrical
c) Spherical
d) Depends on the function
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Seeing the surface as sphere, we would immediately choose spherical system, but it
is wrong. The divergence operation is performed in that coordinate system in which the function
belongs to. It is independent of the surface region.
5. Find the Gauss value for a position vector in Cartesian system from the origin to one unit in
three dimensions.
a) 0
b) 3
c) -3
61
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The position vector in Cartesian system is given by R = x i + y j + z k. Div(R) = 1 +
1 + 1 = 3. By divergence theorem, ∫∫∫3.dV, where V is a cube with x = 0->1, y = 0->1 and z = 0-
>1. On integrating, we get 3 units.
6. The divergence theorem value for the function x2 + y2 + z2 at a distance of one unit from the
origin is
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Div (F) = 2x + 2y + 2z. The triple integral of the divergence of the function is ∫∫∫(2x
+ 2y + 2z)dx dy dz, where x = 0->1, y = 0->1 and z = 0->1. On integrating, we get 3 units.
7. If a function is described by F = (3x + z, y2 − sin x2z, xz + yex5), then the divergence theorem
value in the region 0<x<1, 0<y<3 and 0<z<2 will be
a) 13
b) 26
c) 39
d) 51
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Div (F) = 3 + 2y + x. By divergence theorem, the triple integral of Div F in the
region is ∫∫∫ (3 + 2y + x) dx dy dz. On integrating from x = 0->1, y = 0->3 and z = 0->2, we get
39 units.
8. Find the divergence theorem value for the function given by (ez, sin x, y2)
a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) 2
View Answer
62
Answer: b
Explanation: Since the divergence of the function is zero, the triple integral leads to zero. The
Gauss theorem gives zero value.
9. For a function given by F = 4x i + 7y j +z k, the divergence theorem evaluates to which of the

values given, if the surface considered is a cone of radius 1/2π m and height 4π2 m.
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Div (F) = 4 + 7 + 1 = 12. The divergence theorem gives ∫∫∫(12).dV, where dV is the
volume of the cone πr3h/3, where r = 1/2π m and h = 4π2 m. On substituting the radius and height
in the triple integral, we get 2 units.
10. Divergence theorem computes to zero for a solenoidal function. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The divergence theorem is given by, ∫∫ F.dS = ∫∫∫ Div (F).dV, for a function F. If the
function is solenoidal, its divergence will be zero. Thus the theorem computes to zero.
63
4. Questions on Electrostatic Fields
The section contains questions on coulomb and gauss law with applications, electric field-
intensity, density, potential and electrostatic energy and proprties.
Coulomb Law
Relation of E,D,V
Electric Field Intensity
Real Time Applications
Electric Field Density
Electric Dipole
Electric Potential
Electrostatic Energy
Gauss Law
Electrostatic Properties
Applications of Gauss Law
64
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Coulomb law”.
1. Coulomb is the unit of which quantity?

a) Field strength
b) Charge
c) Permittivity
d) Force
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The standard unit of charge is Coulomb. One coulomb is defined as the 1 Newton
of force applied on 1 unit of electric field.
2. Coulomb law is employed in

a) Electrostatics
b) Magnetostatics
c) Electromagnetics
d) Maxwell theory
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Coulomb law is applied to static charges. It states that force between any two point
charges is proportional to the product of the charges and inversely proportional to square of the
distance between them. Thus it is employed in electrostatics.
3. Find the force between 2C and -1C separated by a distance 1m in air(in newton).
a) 18 X 106
b) -18 X 106
c) 18 X 10-6
d) -18 X 10-6
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: F = q1q2/(4∏εor2) = -2 X 9/(10-9 X 12) = -18 X 109.
65
4. Two charges 1C and -4C exists in air. What is the direction of force?
a) Away from 1C
b) Away from -4C
c) From 1C to -4C
d) From -4C to 1C
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Since the charges are unlike, the force will be attractive. Thus the force directs from
1C to -4C.
5. Find the force of interaction between 60 stat coulomb and 37.5 stat coulomb spaced 7.5cm
apart in transformer oil(εr=2.2) in 10-4 N,
a) 8.15
b) 5.18
c) 1.518
d) 1.815
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: 1 stat coulomb = 1/(3 X 109) C
F = (1.998 X 1.2488 X 10-16)/(4∏ X 8.854 X 10-12 X 2.2 X (7.5 X 10-2)2) = 1.815 X 10-4 N.
6. Find the force between two charges when they are brought in contact and separated by 4cm
apart, charges are 2nC and -1nC, in μN.
a) 1.44
b) 2.44
c) 1.404
d) 2.404
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Before the charges are brought into contact, F = 11.234 μN.
After charges are brought into contact and then separated, charge on each sphere is, (q1 + q2)/2 =
0.5nC
On calculating the force with q1 = q2 = 0.5nC, F = 1.404μN.
7. The Coulomb law is an implication of which law?

a) Ampere law
b) Gauss law
c) Biot Savart law
66
d) Lenz law
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Coulomb law can be formulated from the Gauss law, using the divergence
theorem. Thus it is an implication of Gauss law.
8. Two small diameter 10gm dielectric balls can slide freely on a vertical channel. Each carry a
negative charge of 1μC. Find the separation between the balls if the lower ball is restrained from
moving.
a) 0.5
b) 0.4
c) 0.3
d) 0.2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: F = mg = 10 X 10-3 X 9.81 = 9.81 X 10-2 N.
On calculating r by substituting charges, we get r = 0.3m.
9. A charge of 2 X 10-7 C is acted upon by a force of 0.1N. Determine the distance to the other
charge of 4.5 X 10-7 C, both the charges are in vacuum.
a) 0.03
b) 0.05
c) 0.07
d) 0.09
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: F = q1q2/(4∏εor2) , substituting q1, q2 and F, r2 = q1q2/(4∏εoF) =
We get r = 0.09m.
10. For a charge Q1, the effect of charge Q2 on Q1 will be,

a) F1 = F2
b) F1 = -F2
c) F1 = F2 = 0
d) F1 and F2 are not equal
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The force of two charges with respect with each other is given by F1 and F2. Thus
F1 + F2 = 0 and F1 = -F2.
67
Interview Questions and Answers for freshers focuses on “Electric Field Intensity”.
1. The electric field intensity is defined as

a) Force per unit charge
b) Force on a test charge
c) Force per unit charge on a test charge
d) Product of force and charge
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric field intensity is the force per unit charge on a test charge, i.e, q1 = 1C.
E = F/Q = Q/(4∏εr2).
2. Find the force on a charge 2C in a field 1V/m.

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Force is the product of charge and electric field.
F = q X E = 2 X 1 = 2 N.
68
3. Find the electric field intensity of two charges 2C and -1C separated by a distance 1m in air.
a) 18 X 109
b) 9 X 109
c) 36 X 109
d) -18 X 109
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: F = q1q2/(4∏εor2) = -2 X 9/(10-9 X 12) = -18 X 109
E = F/q = 18 X 109/2 = 9 X 109.
4. What is the electric field intensity at a distance of 20cm from a charge 2 X 10-6 C in vacuum?
a) 250,000
b) 350,000
c) 450,000
d) 550,000
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: E = Q/ (4∏εor2)
= (2 X 10-6)/(4∏ X εo X 0.22) = 450,000 V/m.
5. Determine the charge that produces an electric field strength of 40 V/cm at a distance of 30cm
in vacuum(in 10-8C)
a) 4
b) 2
c) 8
d) 6
View Answer
Answer: a
Q = (4000 X 0.32)/ (9 X 109) = 4 X 10-8 C.
6. The field intensity of a charge defines the impact of the charge on a test charge placed at a
distance. It is maximum at d = 0cm and minimises as d increases. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: If a test charge +q is situated at a distance r from Q, the test charge will experience
69
a repulsive force directed radially outward from Q. Since electric field is inversely proportional
to distance, thus the statement is true.
7. Electric field of an infinitely long conductor of charge density λ, is given by E = λ/(2πεh).aN.

State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electric field intensity of an infinitely long conductor is given by, E =
λ/(4πεh).(sin α2 – sin α1)i + (cos α2 + cos α1)j
For an infinitely long conductor, α = 0. E = λ/(4πεh).(cos 0 + cos 0) = λ/(2πεh).aN.
8. Electric field intensity due to infinite sheet of charge σ is

a) Zero
b) Unity
c) σ/ε
d) σ/2ε
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: E = σ/2ε.(1- cos α), where α = h/(√(h2+a2))
Here, h is the distance of the sheet from point P and a is the radius of the sheet. For infinite sheet,
α = 90. Thus E = σ/2ε.
9. For a test charge placed at infinity, the electric field will be

a) Unity
b) +∞
c) Zero
d) -∞
View Answer
Answer: c
When distance d is infinity, the electric field will be zero, E= 0.
10. In electromagnetic waves, the electric field will be perpendicular to which of the following?
a) Magnetic field intensity
b) Wave propagation
c) Both H and wave direction
70
d) It propagates independently
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In an electromagnetic wave, the electric field and magnetic field will be
perpendicular to each other. Both of these fields will be perpendicular to the wave propagation.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Electric Field Density”.
1. The lines of force are said to be

a) Real
b) Imaginary
c) Drawn to trace the direction
d) Not significant
View Answer
71
Answer: c
Explanation: The lines drawn to trace the direction in which a positive test charge will
experience force due to the main charge are called lines of force. They are not real but drawn for
our interpretation.
2. Electric flux density in electric field is referred to as

a) Number of flux lines
b) Ratio of flux lines crossing a surface and the surface area
c) Direction of flux at a point
d) Flux lines per unit area
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Electric flux density is given by the ratio between number of flux lines crossing a
surface normal to the lines and the surface area. The direction of D at a point is the direction of
the flux lines at that point.
3. The electric flux density is the

a) Product of permittivity and electric field intensity
b) Product of number of flux lines and permittivity
c) Product of permeability and electric field intensity
d) Product of number of flux lines and permeability
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: D= εE, where ε=εoεr is the permittivity of electric field and E is the electric field
intensity. Thus electric flux density is the product of permittivity and electric field intensity.
4. Which of the following correctly states Gauss law?

a) Electric flux is equal to charge
b) Electric flux per unit volume is equal to charge
c) Electric field is equal to charge density
d) Electric flux per unit volume is equal to volume charge density
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The electric flux passing through any closed surface is equal to the total charge
enclosed by that surface. In other words, electric flux per unit volume leaving a point (vanishing
small volume), is equal to the volume charge density.
5. The Gaussian surface is

a) Real boundary
72
b) Imaginary surface
c) Tangential
d) Normal
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: It is any physical or imaginary closed surface around a charge which satisfies the
following condition: D is everywhere either normal or tangential to the surface so that D.ds
becomes either Dds or 0 respectively.
6. Find the flux density of a sheet of charge density 25 units in air.

a) 25
b) 12.5
c) 6.25
d) 3.125
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Electric field intensity of infinite sheet of charge E = σ/2ε.
Thus D = εE = σ/2 = 25/2 = 12.5.
7. A uniform surface charge of σ = 2 μC/m2, is situated at z = 2 plane. What is the value of flux
density at P(1,1,1)m?
a) 10-6
b) -10-6
c) 106
d) -106
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The flux density of any field is independent of the position (point). D = σ/2 = 2 X
10-6(-az)/2 = -10-6.
8. Find the flux density of line charge of radius (cylinder is the Gaussian surface) 2m and charge
density is 3.14 units?
a) 1
b) 0.75
c) 0.5
d) 0.25
View Answer
73
Answer: d
Explanation: The electric field of a line charge is given by, E = λ/(2περ), where ρ is the radius of
cylinder, which is the Gaussian surface and λ is the charge density. The density D = εE = λ/(2πρ)
= 3.14/(2π X 2) = 1/4 = 0.25.
9. If the radius of a sphere is 1/(4π)m and the electric flux density is 16π units, the total flux is
given by,
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Total flux leaving the entire surface is, ψ = 4πr2D from Gauss law. Ψ = 4π(1/16π2)
X 16π = 4.
10. Find the electric field intensity of transformer oil (εr = 2 approx) with density 1/4π (in 109
units)
a) 2.5
b) 3.5
c) 4.5
d) 5.5
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: D = εE. E = (1/4π)/(2Xεo) = 4.5 X 109 units.
74
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Electric Potential”.
1. Potential difference is the work done in moving a unit positive charge from one point to
another in an electric field. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electric potential is the ratio of work done to the charge. Also it is the work
done in moving a unit positive charge from infinity to a point in an electric field.
2. A point charge 2nC is located at origin. What is the potential at (1,0,0)?

a) 12
b) 14
c) 16
d) 18
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: V = Q/(4πεr), where r = 1m
V = (2 X 10-9)/(4πε x 1) = 18 volts.
3. Six equal point charges Q = 10nC are located at 2,3,4,5,6,7m. Find the potential at origin.
a) 140.35
b) 141.35
c) 142.35
d) 143.35
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: V = (1/4πεo) ∑Q/r = (10 X 10-9/4πεo)
(0.5 + 0.33 + 0.25 + 0.2 + 0.166 + 0.142) = 143.35 volts.
4. A point charge 0.4nC is located at (2, 3, 3). Find the potential differences between (2, 3, 3)m
and (-2, 3, 3)m due to the charge.
75
a) 2.5
b) 2.6
c) 2.7
d) 2.8
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vab = (Q/4πεo)(1/rA) + (1/rB), where rA and rB are position vectors rA = 1m and
rB = 4m. Thus Vab = 2.7 volts.
5. Find the potential of V = 60sin θ/r2 at P(3,60,25)

a) 5.774
b) 6.774
c) 7.774
d) 8.774
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: V = 60sin θ/r2, put r = 3m, θ = 60 and φ = 25, V = 60 sin 60/32 = 5.774 volts.
6. Given E = 40xyi + 20x2j + 2k. Calculate the potential between two points (1,-1,0) and (2,1,3).
a) 105
b) 106
c) 107
d) 108
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: V = -∫ E.dl = -∫ (40xy dx + 20x2 dy + 2 dz), from (2,1,3) to (1,-1,0), we get Vpq on
integrating from Q to P. Vpq = 106 volts.
7. The potential difference in an open circuit is

a) Zero
b) Unity
c) Infinity
d) Circuit does not exist open
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In an open circuit no current exists due to non-existence of loops. Also
voltage/potential will be infinity in an open circuit.
76
8. The potential taken between two points across a resistor will be
a) Positive
b) Negative
c) Zero
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The resistor will absorb power and dissipate it in the form of heat energy. The
potential between two points across a resistor will be negative.
9. What is the potential difference between 10sinθcosφ/r2 at A(1,30,20) and B(4,90,60)?

a) 2.386
b) 3.386
c) 4.386
d) 5.386
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Potential at A, Va = 10sin30cos20/12 = 4.6985 and Potential at B, Vb =
10sin90cos60/42 = 0.3125. Potential difference between A and B is, Vab = 4.6985 – 0.3125 =
4.386 volts.
10. The voltage at any point in an ac circuit will be

a) Peak voltage
b) RMS voltage
c) Average voltage
d) Source voltage
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In any ac circuit, the voltage measured will not be exact maximum. In order to
normalise, we assume the instantaneous voltage at any point be 70.7% of the peak value, which
is called the root mean square (RMS)voltage.
77
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Gauss Law”.
1. Divergence theorem is based on

a) Gauss law
b) Stoke’s law
c) Ampere law
d) Lenz law
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The divergence theorem relates surface integral and volume integral. Div(D) = ρv,
which is Gauss’s law.
2. The Gaussian surface for a line charge will be

a) Sphere
b) Cylinder
c) Cube
d) Cuboid
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: A line charge can be visualized as a rod of electric charges. The three dimensional
imaginary enclosed surface of a rod can be a cylinder.
78
3. The Gaussian surface for a point charge will be
a) Cube
b) Cylinder
c) Sphere
d) Cuboid
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: A point charge is single dimensional. The three dimensional imaginary enclosed
surface of a point charge will be sphere.
4. A circular disc of radius 5m with a surface charge density ρs = 10sinφ is enclosed by surface.
What is the net flux crossing the surface?
a) 3
b) 2
c) 1
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Q = ∫ ρsds = ∫∫ 10sinφ rdrdφ, on integrating with r = 0->5 and φ = 0->2π, we get Q
= ψ = 0.
5. The total charge of a surface with densities 1,2,…,10 is

a) 11
b) 33
c) 55
d) 77
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Q = ∫∫D.ds. Since the data is discrete, the total charge will be summation of
1,2,…,10,i.e, 1+2+…+10 = 10(11)/2 = 55.
6. The work done by a charge of 10μC with a potential 4.386 is (in μJ)
a) 32.86
b) 43.86
c) 54.68
d) 65.68
View Answer
79
Answer: b
Explanation: By Gauss law principles, W = Q X V = 10 X 10-6 X 4.386 = 43.86 X 10-6 joule.
7. The potential of a coaxial cylinder with charge density 1 unit , inner radius 1m and outer
cylinder 2m is (in 109)
a) 12.74
b) 13.47
c) 12.47
d) 13.74
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The potential of a coaxial cylinder will be ρl ln(b/a)/2πε, where ρl = 1, b = 2m and
a = 1m. We get V = 12.47 X 109 volts.
8. Find the potential due to a charged ring of density 2 units with radius 2m and the point at
which potential is measured is at a distance of 1m from the ring.
a) 18π
b) 24π
c) 36π
d) 72π
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The potential due to a charged ring is given by λa/2εr, where a = 2m and r = 1m.
We get V = 72π volts.
9. Gauss law cannot be used to find which of the following quantity?

a) Electric field intensity
b) Electric flux density
c) Charge
d) Permittivity
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Permittivity is constant for a particular material(say permittivity of water is 1). It
cannot be determined from Gauss law, whereas the remaining options can be computed from
Gauss law.
10. Gauss law for magnetic fields is given by

a) Div(E) = 0
b) Div(B) = 0
80
c) Div(H) = 0
d) Div(D) = 0
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The divergence of magnetic flux density is always zero. This is called Gauss law
for magnetic fields. It implies the non-existence of magnetic monopoles in any magnetic field.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Applications of Gauss Law”.
1. Gauss law can be used to compute which of the following?

a) Permittivity
b) Permeability
c) Radius of Gaussian surface
d) Electric potential
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Gauss law relates the electric flux density and the charge density. Thus it can be
81
used to compute radius of the Gaussian surface. Permittivity and permeability are constants for a
particular material.
2. Three charged cylindrical sheets are present in three spaces with σ = 5 at R = 2m, σ = -2 at R =
4m and σ = -3 at R = 5m. Find the flux density at R = 1m.
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Since 1m does not enclose any cylinder (three Gaussian surfaces of radius 2m, 4m,
5m exists), the charge density and charge becomes zero according to Gauss law. Thus flux
density is also zero.
a) 3
b) 10/3
c) 11/3
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The radius is 3m, hence it will enclose one Gaussian cylinder of R = 2m.
By Gauss law, ψ = Q
D(2πRL) = σ(2πRL), D(2π X 3) = σ(2π X 2), Thus D = 10/3 units.
4m and σ =-3 at R = 5m. Find the flux density at R = 4.5m.
a) 4/4.5
b) 3/4.5
c) 2/4.5
d) 1/4.5
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Gaussian cylinder of R = 4.5m encloses sum of charges of two cylinders (R =
2m and R = 4m).
82
D(2πRL) = σ(2πRL), D(2π X 4.5) = Q1 + Q2 = σ1(2π X 2) + σ2(2π X 4), here σ1 = 5 and σ2 = -
2. We get D = 2/4.5 units.
a) 17/6
b) -17/6
c) 13/6
d) -13/6
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The radius R = 6m encloses all the three Gaussian cylinders.
D(2πRL) = σ(2πRL), D(2π X 6) = Q1 + Q2 + Q3 = σ1(2π X 2) + σ2(2π X 4) + σ3(2π X 5), here
σ1 = 5, σ2 = -2 and σ3 = -3. We get D = -13/6 units.
6. Gauss law can be evaluated in which coordinate system?

a) Cartesian
b) Cylinder
c) Spherical
d) Depends on the Gaussian surface
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The Gauss law exists for all materials. Depending on the Gaussian surface of the
material, we take the coordinate systems accordingly. Suppose if the material is a coaxial cable,
the Gaussian surface is in the form of cylinder. Thus we take Cylinder/Circular coordinate
system.
7. Gauss law cannot be expressed in which of the following forms?

a) Differential
b) Integral
c) Point
d) Stokes theorem
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Gauss law can be expressed in differential or point form as,
Div (D)= ρv and in integral form as ∫∫ D.ds = Q = ψ . It is not possible to express it using Stoke’s
theorem.
83
8. The tangential component of electric field intensity is always continuous at the interface. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Consider a dielectric-dielectric boundary, the electric field intensity in both the
surfaces will be Et1 = Et2, which implies that the tangential component of electric field intensity
is always continuous at the boundary.
9. The normal component of the electric flux density is always discontinuous at the interface.
State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In a dielectric-dielectric boundary, if a free surface charge density exists at the
interface, then the normal components of the electric flux density are discontinuous at the
boundary, which means Dn1 = Dn2.
10. With Gauss law as reference which of the following law can be derived?
a) Ampere law
b) Faraday’s law
c) Coulomb’s law
d) Ohm’s law
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From Gauss law, we can compute the electric flux density. This in turn can be used
to find electric field intensity. We know that F = qE. Hence force can be computed. This gives
the Coulomb’s law.
84
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Relation of E,D,V”.
1. The electric flux density and electric field intensity have which of the following relation?
a) Linear
b) Nonlinear
c) Inversely linear
d) Inversely nonlinear
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electric flux density is directly proportional to electric field intensity. The
proportionality constant is permittivity. D=ε E. It is clear that both are in linear relationship.
2. The electric field intensity is the negative gradient of the electric potential. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: V = -∫E.dl is the integral form. On differentiating both sides, we get E = -Grad (V).
Thus the electric field intensity is the negative gradient of the electric potential.
3. Find the electric potential for an electric field 3units at a distance of 2m.
a) 9
b) 4
c) 6
d) 3/2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric field intensity is the ratio of electric potential to the distance. E = V/d.
To get V = E X d = 3 X 2 = 6units.
4. Find the potential at a point (4, 3, -6) for the function V = 2x2y + 5z.
a) 96
b) 66
c) 30
d) -66
View Answer
85
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric potential for the function V = 2x2y + 5z at the point (4, 3, -6) is given
by V = 2(4)2(3) + 5(-6) = 96-30 = 66 units.
5. Find the electric flux density surrounding a material with field intensity of 2xyz placed in
transformer oil ( εr = 2.2) at the point P(1,2,3) is
(in 10-10 units)
a) 2.1
b) 2.33
c) 2.5
d) 2.77
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: D = εE, where ε = εo εr. The flux density is given by,
D = 8.854 X 10-12 X 2.2 X 2(1)(2)(3) = 2.33 X 10-10 units.
6. If potential V = 20/(x2 + y2). The electric field intensity for V is

40(x i + y j)/(x2 + y2)2. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: E = -Grad (V) = -Grad(20/(x2 + y2)) = -(-40x i /(x2 + y2)2 – 40(y j)/(x2 + y2)2) =
40(x i + y j)/(x2 + y2)2. Thus the statement is true.
7. Find the potential of the function V = 60cos θ/r at the point P(3, 60, 25).
a) 20
b) 10
c) 30
d) 60
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Given V = 60cos θ/r. For r = 3m and θ = 60, we get V = 60cos 60/3 = 20cos 60 =
10 units.
8. Find the work done moving a charge 2C having potential V = 24volts is

a) 96
b) 24
c) 36
86
d) 48
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The work done is the product of charge and potential.
W = Q X V = 2 X 24 = 48 units.
9. If the potential is given by, V = 10sin θ cosφ/r, find the density at the point P(2, π/2, 0)
(in 10-12 units)
a) 13.25
b) 22.13
c) 26.31
d) 31.52
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Since V is given find out E.E = -Grad(V) = – Grad(10sin θ cosφ/r). From E, we can
easily compute D. D = εE = 8.854 X 10-12 X 5/2 = 22.13 units.
10. If V = 2x2y + 20z – 4/(x2 + y2), find the density at A(6, -2.5, 3) in nC/m2.
a) 0.531i – 0.6373j – 0.177k
b) 0.6373i – 0.177j -0.531k
c) 0.177i – 0.6373j – 0.531k
d) 0.531i – 0.177j – 0.6373k
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Find E from V, E = -Grad (V). We get E at A(6,-2.5,3) as 59.97i – 71.98j -20k.
Thus D = εE = 8.854 X 10-12 X
(59.97i – 71.98j -20k) = (0.531i – 0.6373j – 0.177k) nC/m2.
87
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Real Time Applications”.
1. Calculate the capacitance of a material in air with area 20 units and distance between plates is
5m.
a) 35.36pF
b) 3.536pF
c) 35.36nF
d) 3.536nF
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The capacitance of any material is given by, C = εA/d, where ε = εoεr is the
permittivity in air and the material respectively. Thus C = 1 X 8.854 X 10-12 X 20/5 = 35.36pF.
2. The resistance of a material with conductivity 2millimho/m2, length 10m and area 50m is
a) 500
b) 200
c) 100
d) 1000
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The resistance is given by, R = ρL/A, where ρ is the resistivity, the inverse of
conductivity. R = 10/(0.002 X 50) = 100 ohm.
3. Find the inductance of a coil with permeability 3.5, turns 100 and length 2m. Assume the area
to be thrice the length.
88
a) 131.94mH
b) 94.131mH
c) 131.94H
d) 94.131H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The inductance is given by L = μ N2A/l, where μ= μoμr is the permeability of air
and the material respectively. N = 100 and Area = 3 X 2 = 6. L = 4π X 10-7 X 1002 X 6/2 =
131.94mH.
4. Find the current density of a material with resistivity 20 units and electric field intensity 2000
units.
a) 400
b) 300
c) 200
d) 100
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The current density is given by J = σ E, where σ is the conductivity. Thus resistivity
ρ = 1/σ. J = E/ρ = 2000/20 = 100 units.
5. Find the current in a conductor with resistance 2 ohm, electric field 2 units and distance
100cm.
a) 1A
b) 10mA
c) 10A
d) 100mA
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that E = V/d. To get potential, V = E X d = 2 X 1 = 2 volts. From Ohm’s
law, V = IR and current I = V/R = 2/2 = 1A.
6. In electric fields, D= ε E. The correct expression which is analogous in magnetic fields will be
a) H = μ B
b) B = μ H
c) A = μ B
d) H = μ A
View Answer
89
Answer: b
Explanation: In electric fields, the flux density is a product of permittivity and field intensity.
Similarly, for magnetic fields, the magnetic flux density is the product of permeability and
magnetic field intensity, given by B= μ H.
7. Find the force on a conductor of length 12m and magnetic flux density 20 units when a current
of 0.5A is flowing through it.
a) 60
b) 120
c) 180
d) 200
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The force on a conductor is given by F = BIL, where B = 20, I = 0.5 and L = 12.
Force F = 20 X 0.5 x 12 = 120 N.
8. From the formula F = qE, can prove that work done is a product of force and displacement.
State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that F = qE = qV/d and W = qV. Thus it is clear that qV = W and qV =
Fd. On equating both, we get W = Fd, which is the required proof.
9. Calculate the power of a material with electric field 100 units at a distance of 10cm with a
current of 2A flowing through it.
a) 10
b) 20
c) 40
d) 80
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Power is defined as the product of voltage and current.
P = V X I, where V = E X d. Thus P = E X d X I = 100 X 0.1 X 2 = 20 units.
10. Compute the power consumed by a material with current density 15 units in an area of 100
units. The potential measured across the material is 20V.
a) 100kJ
90
b) 250kJ
c) 30kJ
d) 15kJ
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Power is given by, P= V X I, where I = J X A is the current.
Thus power P = V X J X A = 20 X 15 X 100 = 30,000 joule = 30kJ.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Electric Dipole”.
1. Choose the best definition of a dipole.

a) A pair of equal and like charges located at the origin
b) A pair of unequal and like charges located at the origin
c) A pair of equal and unlike charges separated by a small distance
d) A pair of unequal and unlike charges separated by a small distance
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: An electric dipole generally refers to two equal and unlike (opposite signs) charges
separated by a small distance. It can be anywhere, not necessarily at origin.
91
2. The potential due to a dipole at a point P from it is the
a) Sum of potentials at the charges
b) Difference of potentials at the charges
c) Multiplication of potentials at the charges
d) Ratio of potentials at the charges
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The total potential at the point P due to the dipole is given by the difference of the
potentials of the individual charges.
V = V1 + (-V2), since both the charges are unlike. Thus V = V1 – V2.
3. Calculate the dipole moment of a dipole with equal charges 2C and -2C separated by a
distance of 2cm.
a) 0.02
b) 0.04
c) 0.06
d) 0.08
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The dipole moment of charge 2C and distance 2cm will be,
M = Q x d. Thus, M = 2 x 0.02 = 0.04 C-m.
4. Find the angle at which the potential due a dipole is measured, when the distance from one
charge is 12cm and that due to other is 11cm, separated to each other by a distance of 2cm.
a) 15
b) 30
c) 45
d) 60
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Here, the two charges are separated by d = 2cm.
The distance from one charge (say Q1) will be R1 = 11cm. The distance from another charge
(say Q2) will be R2 = 12cm. If R1 and R2 is assumed to be parallel, then R2 – R1 = d cos θ. We
get 1 = 2cos θ and cos θ = 0.5. Then θ =
cos-1(0.5) = 60.
5. Find the potential due the dipole when the angle subtended by the two charges at the point P is
perpendicular.
a) 0
92
b) Unity
c) ∞
d) -∞
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The potential due the dipole is given by, V = m cos θ/(4πεr2). When the angle
becomes perpendicular (θ = 90). The potential becomes zero since cos 90 will become zero.
6. For two charges 3C and -3C separated by 1cm and are located at distances 5cm and 7cm
respectively from the point P, then the distance between their midpoint and the point P will be
a) 5.91
b) 12.6
c) 2
d) 9
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For a distant point P, the R1 and R2 will approximately be equal.
R1 = R2 = r, where r is the distance between P and the midpoint of the two charges. Thus they
are in geometric progression, R1R2=r2
Now, r2 = 5 x 7 = 35. We get r = 5.91cm.
7. Calculate the distance between two charges of 4C forming a dipole, with a dipole moment of 6
units.
a) 1
b) 1.5
c) 2
d) 2.5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The dipole moment is given by, M = Q x d. To get d, we rearrange the formula d =
M/Q = 6/4 = 1.5units.
8. The potential due to the dipole on the midpoint of the two charges will be
a) 0
b) Unity
c) ∞
d) -∞
View Answer
93
Answer: c
Explanation: The potential due a dipole at a point P will be V = m cos θ/(4πεr2).
Now it is given that potential on the midpoint, which means P is on midpoint, then the distance
from midpoint and P will be zero. When r = 0 is put in the above equation, we get V = ∞. This
shows that the potential of a dipole at its midpoint will be maximum/infinity.
9. Dipoles in any electric field undergo

a) Magnetism
b) Electromagnetism
c) Magnetisation
d) Polarisation
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Dipoles in any pure electric field will undergo polarisation. It is the process of
alignment of dipole moments in accordance with the electric field applied.
10. Dipole moments are used to calculate the

b) Polarisation patterns
c) Strength of the dipole in the field
d) Susceptibility
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Dipole moment implicates the strength of the dipole in the electric field. They are
then used to compute the polarisation patterns based on the applied field. Once the polarisation is
determined we can find its susceptibility. Though all options seem to be correct, the apt answer is
to calculate polarisation, provided applied field is known.
94
Questions and Answers for Experienced people focuses on “Electrostatic Energy”.
1. The electrostatic energy in an electric field does not depend on which of the following?
a) Magnitude of charges
b) Permittivity
c) Applied electric field
d) Flux lines
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The energy in an electric field directly magnitude of charges. Thus electric field
and flux density are also dependent. But the applied field affects only the polarisation and it is
independent of the energy in the field.
2. Calculate the energy in an electric field with flux density 6 units and field intensity of 4 units.
a) 12
b) 24
c) 36
d) 48
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The energy in an electric field is given by, W = 0.5 x D x E, where D = 6 and E = 4.
We get W = 0.5 x 6 x 4 = 12 units.
3. Calculate the energy in an electric field with permittivity of 56 and field intensity of 36π(in μJ)
a) 3.16
b) 5.16
c) 7.16
d) 9.16
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The energy in an electric field is given by, W = 0.5 x D x E. Since D = εE, we get
W = 0.5 x ε x E2. On substituting the data, we get 3.16 microjoule.
4. Equipotential surface is a
a) Real surface
b) Complex surface
c) Imaginary surface
d) Not existing surface
View Answer
95
Answer: c
Explanation: Equipotential surface is an imaginary surface in an electric field of a given charge
distribution in which all the points on the surface are at the same electric potential.
5. The work done in moving a test charge from one point to another in an equipotential surface is
zero. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Since the electric potential in the equipotential surface is the same, the work done
will be zero.
6. When curl of a path is zero, the field is said to be conservative. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: By Stoke’s theorem, when curl of a path becomes zero, then
∫ E.dl = 0. In other words the work done in a closed path will always be zero. Fields having this
property is called conservative or lamellar fields.
7. If the electric potential is given, which of the following cannot be calculated?

a) Electrostatic energy
b) Electric field intensity
c) Electric flux density
d) Permittivity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Using potential, we can calculate electric field directly by gradient operation. From
E, the flux density D can also be calculated. Thus it is not possible to calculate energy directly
from potential.
8. Superconductors exhibit which of the following properties?

a) Ferromagnetism
b) Polarisation
c) Diamagnetism
d) Ferrimagnetism
View Answer
96
Answer: c
Explanation: Since superconductors have very good conductivity at low temperatures (σ->∞),
they have nearly zero resistivity and exhibit perfect diamagnetism.
9. Debye is the unit used to measure

a) Permittivity
b) Electric dipole moment
c) Magnetic dipole moment
d) Susceptibility
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Debye is the standard unit for measurement of electric dipole moment. 1 Debye =
3.336 x 10-30 Coulomb-meter.
10. Ceramic materials possess which of the following properties?

a) Brittle and low dielectric constant
b) Rigid and low dielectric constant
c) Brittle and high dielectric constant
d) Rigid and high dielectric constant
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Ceramic materials are generally brittle. Since these materials are used in capacitors,
they have higher dielectric constant than polymer. With respect to energy, they possess high
electrostatic energy due to very high dielectric constant (W α ε).
97
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Electrostatic Properties”.
1. The permittivity is also called

a) Electrostatic energy
b) Dielectric constant
c) Dipole moment
d) Susceptibility
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The term permittivity or dielectric constant is the measurement of electrostatic
energy stored within it and therefore depends on the material.
2. Dielectric constant will be high in

a) Conductors
b) Semiconductors
c) Insulators
d) Superconductors
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Materials that have very less conductivity like ceramics, plastics have higher
dielectric constants. Due to their low conductivity, the dielectric materials are said to be good
insulators.
3. Under the influence of electric field, the dielectric materials will get charged instantaneously.
State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The dielectrics have the ability of storing energy easily when an electric field is
applied as their permittivity is relatively higher than any other materials.
98
4. Insulators perform which of the following functions?
a) Conduction
b) Convection
c) Provide electrical insulation
d) Allows current leakage at interfaces
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Insulators is a non-conducting material which prevents the leakage of electric
current in unwanted directions. Thus it is used to provide electrical insulation.
5. Which of the following properties distinguish a material as conductor, insulator and

semiconductor?
a) Free electron charges
b) Fermi level after doping
c) Energy band gap
d) Electron density
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The only parameter that classifies the material as conductor or insulator or
semiconductor is the band gap energy. It is the energy required to make the electrons conduct.
This is low of conductors, average for semiconductors and very high for insulators. This means it
requires very high energy to make an insulator conduct.
6. Semiconductors possess which type of bonding?

a) Metallic
b) Covalent
c) Ionic
d) Magnetic
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Conductors exhibit metallic bonding. Insulators exhibit ionic bonding and
semiconductors exhibit covalent bonding due to sharing of atoms.
7. Find the susceptibility of a material whose dielectric constant is 2.26.

a) 1.26
b) 3.26
c) 5.1
d) 1
View Answer
99
Answer: a
Explanation: Electric susceptibility is the measure of ability of the material to get polarised. It is
given by, χe = εr – 1.Thus we get 1.26.
8. The bound charge density and free charge density are 12 and 6 units respectively. Calculate
the susceptibility.
a) 1
b) 0
c) 2
d) 72
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric susceptibility is given by, χe = Bound free density/Free charge density.
χe = 12/6 = 2. It has no unit.
9. The susceptibility of free space is

a) 1
b) 0
c) 2
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For free space/air, the relative permittivity is unity i.e, εr = 1. Thus χe = εr – 1 = 0.
The susceptibility will become zero in air.
10. When the electric field becomes zero, which of the following relations hold good?
a) E = P
b) D = P
c) B = P
d) H = P
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric flux density of a field is the sum of εE and polarisation P. It gives D =
εE + P. When electric field becomes zero, it is clear that D = P.
100
5. Questions & Answers on Electric Fields in Material Space
The section contains questions on conductors, dielectrics and its strengths, polarization and
boundary conditions.
Conductors
Dielectric Strength and Constant
Dielectrics
Continuity Equation
Displacement and Conduction Current
Boundary Conditions
Polarization
101
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Conductors”.
1. Which of the following are conductors?

a) Ceramics
b) Plastics
c) Mercury
d) Rubber
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Normally, metals are said to be good conductors. Here mercury is the only metal
(which is in liquid form). The other options are insulators.
2. Find the range of band gap energy for conductors.

a) >6 eV
b) 0.2-0.4 eV
c) 0.4-2 eV
d) 2-6 eV
View Answer
102
Answer: b
Explanation: Conductors are materials with least band gap energy. The smallest range in this
group is 0.2-0.4 eV.
3. Conduction in metals is due to

a) Electrons only
b) Electrons and holes
c) Holes only
d) Applied electric field
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Conduction in metals is only due to majority carriers, which are electrons.
Electrons and holes are responsible for conduction in a semiconductor.
4. Find the band gap energy when a light of wavelength 1240nm is incident on it.
a) 1eV
b) 2eV
c) 3eV
d) 4eV
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The band gap energy in electron volt when wavelength is given is, Eg = 1.24(μm)/λ
= 1.24 x 10-6/1240 x 10-9 = 1eV.
5. Alternating current measured in a transmission line will be

a) Peak value
b) Average value
c) RMS value
d) Zero
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The instantaneous current flowing in a transmission line, when measured using an
ammeter, will give RMS current value. This value is 70.7% of the peak value. This is because,
due to oscillations in AC, it is not possible to measure peak value. Hence to normalise, we
consider current at any time in a line will be the RMS current.
6. The current in a metal at any frequency is due to

a) Conduction current
b) Displacement current
103
c) Both conduction and displacement current
d) Neither conduction nor displacement current
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At any frequency, the current through the metal will be due to conduction current.
Only at high frequencies and when medium is air, the conduction is due to displacement current.
Thus in general the current in metal is due to conduction current, which depends on the mobility
of the carriers.
7. For conductors, the free electrons will exist at

a) Valence band
b) Middle of valence and conduction band
c) Will not exist
d) Conduction band
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In conductors, the free electrons exist in the conduction band. Since the band gap
energy is very low, less energy is required to transport the free electrons to the conduction band,
as they are readily available to conduct.
8. The current flowing through an insulating medium is called

a) Conduction
b) Convection
c) Radiation
d) Susceptibility
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: A beam of electrons in a vacuum tube is called convection current. It occurs when
current flows through an insulating medium like liquid, vacuum etc.
9. Find the conduction current density when conductivity of a material is 500 units and
corresponding electric field is 2 units.
a) 500
b) 250
c) 1000
d) 2000
View Answer
104
Answer: c
Explanation: The conduction current density is given by, J = σE
J = 500 X 2 = 1000 units.
10. Calculate the convection current when electron density of 200 units is travelling at a speed of
12m/s.
a) 16.67
b) 2400
c) 2880
d) 0.06
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The convection current density is given by, J = ρeV
J = 200 X 12= 2400 units.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Dielectrics”.
1. A dielectric is always an insulator. But an insulator is not necessarily a dielectric. State

True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
105
Answer: a
Explanation: For a material to be dielectric, its permittivity should be very high. This is seen in
insulators. For a material to be insulator, the condition is to have large band gap energy.
However, this is not necessary for a dielectric.
2. Identify a good dielectric.

a) Iron
b) Ceramics
c) Plastic
d) Magnesium
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Iron and magnesium are metals. Hence they need not be considered. Both ceramics
and plastic are insulators. But dielectric constant is more for ceramics always. Hence ceramics is
the best dielectric.
3. A dielectric can be made a conductor by

a) Compression
b) Heating
c) Doping
d) Freezing
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: On increasing the temperature, the free electrons in an insulator can be promoted
from valence to conduction band. Gradually, it can act as a conductor through heating process.
This condition is called dielectric breakdown, wherein the insulator loses its dielectric property
and starts to conduct.
4. Find the dielectric constant for a material with electric susceptibility of 4.

a) 3
b) 5
c) 8
d) 16
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric susceptibility is given by χe = εr – 1. For a susceptibility of 4, the
dielectric constant will be 5. It has no unit.
106
5. For a dielectric which of the following properties hold good?
a) They are superconductors at high temperatures
b) They are superconductors at low temperatures
c) They can never become a superconductor
d) They have very less dielectric breakdown voltage
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Superconductors are characterised by diamagnetism behaviour and zero resistivity,
which true for a dielectric. They occur only at low temperature. Thus a dielectric can become a
superconductor at low temperatures with very high dielectric breakdown voltage.
6. The magnetic field which destroys the superconductivity is called

a) Diamagnetic field
b) Ferromagnetic field
c) Ferrimagnetic field
d) Critical field
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Critical field is that strong magnetic field which can destroy the superconductivity
of a material. The temperature at which this occurs is called transition temperature.
7. The magnetic susceptibility in a superconductor will be

a) Positive
b) Negative
c) Zero
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Due to perfect diamagnetism in a superconductor, its magnetic susceptibility will
be negative. This phenomenon is called Meissner effect.
8. The superconducting materials will be independent of which of the following?

a) Magnetic field
b) Electric field
c) Magnetization
d) Temperature
View Answer
107
Answer: b
Explanation: Superconducting materials depends only on the applied magnetic field, resultant
magnetization at the temperature considered. It is independent of the applied electric field and
the corresponding polarization.
9. Find the mean free path of an electron travelling at a speed of 18m/s in 2 seconds.
a) 9
b) 36
c) 0.11
d) 4.5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The mean free path is defined as the average distance travelled by an electron
before collision takes place. It is given by, d = v x τc, where v is the velocity and τc is the
collision time. Thus d = 18 x 2 = 36m.
10. Find the velocity of an electron when its kinetic energy is equal to one electron volt (in
105m/s).
Given charge of an electron e = 1.6 x 10-19 and mass of an electron m = 9.1 x 10-31.
a) 3.9
b) 4.9
c) 5.9
d) 6.9
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: When the kinetic energy and one electron volt are equal, we can equate mv2/2 = eV.
Put e and m in the equation to get velocity v = 5.9 x 105 m/s.
108
Interview Questions and Answers for Experienced people focuses on “Displacement and
Conduction Current”.
1. Find the conductivity of a material with conduction current density 100 units and electric field
of 4 units.
a) 25
b) 400
c) 0.04
d) 1600
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The conduction current density is given by, Jc = σE. To get conductivity, σ = J/E =
100/4 = 25 units.
2. Calculate the displacement current density when the electric flux density is 20sin 0.5t.
a) 10sin 0.5t
b) 10cos 0.5t
c) 20sin 2t
d) 20cos 2t
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The displacement current density is given by, Jd = dD/dt.
Jd = d(20sin 0.5t)/dt = 20cos 0.5t (0.5) = 10cos 0.5t.
3. Find the magnitude of the displacement current density in air at a frequency of 18GHz in
frequency domain. Take electric field E as 4 units.
a) 18
b) 72
c) 36
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Jd = dD/dt = εdE/dt in time domain. For frequency domain, convert using Fourier
109
transform, Jd = εjωE. The magnitude of
Jd = εωE = ε(2πf)E. On substituting, we get 4 ampere.
4. Calculate the frequency at which the conduction and displacement currents become equal with
unity conductivity in a material of permittivity 2.
a) 18 GHz
b) 9 GHz
c) 36 GHz
d) 24 GHz
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When Jd = Jc , we get εωE = σE. Thus εo(2∏f) = σ. On substituting conductivity as
one and permittivity as 2, we get f = 9GHz.
5. The ratio of conduction to displacement current density is referred to as

a) Attenuation constant
b) Propagation constant
c) Loss tangent
d) Dielectric constant
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Jc /Jd is a standard ratio, which is referred to as loss tangent given by σ /ε ω. The
loss tangent is used to determine if the material is a conductor or dielectric.
6. If the loss tangent is very less, then the material will be a

a) Conductor
b) Lossless dielectric
c) Lossy dielectric
d) Insulator
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: If loss tangent is less, then σ /ε ω <<1. This implies the conductivity is very poor
and the material should be a dielectric. Since it is specifically mentioned very less, assuming the
conductivity to be zero, the dielectric will be lossless (ideal).
7. In good conductors, the electric and magnetic fields will be

a) 45 in phase
b) 45 out of phase
c) 90 in phase
110
d) 90 out of phase
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric and magnetic fields will be out of phase by 45 in good conductors.
This is because their intrinsic impedance is given by η = √(ωμ/σ) X (1+j). In polar form we get
45 out of phase.
8. In free space, which of the following will be zero?

a) Permittivity
b) Permeability
c) Conductivity
d) Resistivity
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In free space, ε = ε0 and μ = μ0. The relative permittivity and permeability will be
unity. Since the free space will contain no charges in it, the conductivity will be zero.
9. If the intrinsic angle is 20, then find the loss tangent.

a) tan 20
b) tan 40
c) tan 60
d) tan 80
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The loss tangent is given by tan 2θn, where θn = 20. Thus the loss tangent will be
tan 40.
10. The intrinsic impedance of free space is given by

a) 272 ohm
b) 412 ohm
c) 740 ohm
d) 377 ohm
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance is given by η = √(μo/εo) ohm. Here εo = 8.854 x 10-12 and
μo = 4π x 10-7.
On substituting the values, we get η = 377 ohm.
111
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Polarization”.
1. The best definition of polarisation is

a) Orientation of dipoles in random direction
b) Electric dipole moment per unit volume
c) Orientation of dipole moments
d) Change in polarity of every dipole
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The polarisation is defined mathematically as the electric dipole moment per unit
volume. It is also referred to as the orientation of the dipoles in the direction of applied electric
field.
2. Calculate the polarisation vector of the material which has 100 dipoles per unit volume in a
volume of 2 units.
a) 200
b) 50
c) 400
d) 0.02
View Answer
112
Answer: a
Explanation: Polarisation vector P = N x p, where N = 100 and p = 2. On substituting we get P =
200 units.
3. Polarizability is defined as the

a) Product of dipole moment and electric field
b) Ratio of dipole moment to electric field
c) Ratio of electric field to dipole moment
d) Product of dielectric constant and dipole moment
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Polarizability is a constant that is defined as the ratio of elemental dipole moment
to the electric field strength.
4. Calculate the energy stored per unit volume in a dielectric medium due to polarisation when P
= 9 units and E = 8 units.
a) 1.77
b) 2.25
c) 36
d) 144
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The energy stored per unit volume in a dielectric medium is given by, W = 0.5 X
PE = 0.5 X 9 X 8 = 36 units.
5. Identify which type of polarisation depends on temperature.

a) Electronic
b) Ionic
c) Orientational
d) Interfacial
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electronic, ionic and interfacial polarisation depends on the atoms which are
independent with respect to temperature. Only the orientational polarisation is dependent on the
temperature and is inversely proportional to it.
6. Calculate the polarisation vector in air when the susceptibility is 5 and electric field is 12
units.
a) 3
113
b) 2
c) 60
d) 2.4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The polarisation vector is given by, P = ε0 x χe x E, where χe = 5 and ε0 = 12. On
substituting, we get P = 1 x 5 x 12 = 60 units.
7. In isotropic materials, which of the following quantities will be independent of the direction?
a) Permittivity
b) Permeability
c) Polarisation
d) Polarizability
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Isotropic materials are those with radiate or absorb energy uniformly in all
directions (eg. Isotropic antenna). Thus it is independent of the direction.
8. The total polarisation of a material is the

a) Product of all types of polarisation
b) Sum of all types of polarisation
c) Orientation directions of the dipoles
d) Total dipole moments in the material
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The total polarisation of a material is given by the sum of electronic, ionic,
orientational and interfacial polarisation of the material.
9. In the given types of polarisation, which type exists in the semiconductor?

a) Electronic
b) Ionic
c) Orientational
d) Interfacial or space charge
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The interfacial type of polarisation occurs due to accumulation of charges at the
interface in a multiphase material. This interface or junction is found in a semiconductor
material.
114
10. Solids do not have which type of polarisation?
a) Ionic
b) Orientational
c) Interfacial
d) Electronic
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Solids possess permanent dipole moments. Moreover they do not have junction like
semiconductors. Thus, solids neglect the interfacial and space charge polarisation. They possess
only electronic, ionic and orientational polarisations.
test focuses on “Dielectric Strength and Constant”.
1. Which of the following is not an example of elemental solid dielectric?

a) Diamond
b) Sulphur
c) Silicon
d) Germanium
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Elemental solid dielectrics are the materials consisting of single type of atoms.
115
Such materials have neither ions nor permanent dipoles and possess only electronic polarisation.
Its examples are diamond, sulphur and germanium.
2. Ionic non polar solid dielectrics contain more than one type of atoms but no permanent
dipoles. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In ionic crystals, the total polarisation is electronic and ionic in nature. Thus, it
implies that it contains more than one type of atom and no permanent dipoles.
3. Compute the refractive index when the dielectric constant is 256 in air.
a) 2562
b) 16
c) 256
d) 64
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: By Maxwell relation, εr = n2, where εro is the dielectric constant at optical
frequencies and n is the refractive index.For the given dielectric constant we get n = 16.
4. Dielectric property impacts the behaviour of a material in the presence of electric field. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Based on the dielectric property, a material can be classified as piezoelectric,
ferroelectric, pyroelectric and anti-ferroelectric materials under the influence of electric field.
5. Curie-Weiss law is applicable to which of the following materials?

a) Piezoelectric
b) Ferroelectric
c) Pyroelectric
d) Anti-ferroelectric
View Answer
116
Answer: b
Explanation: Curie-Weiss law is given by χe = εr -1 = C/(T-θ), where C is the curie constant and
θ is the characteristic temperature which is usually a few degrees higher than the curie
temperature for ferromagnetic materials.
6. Curie-Weiss law is used to calculate which one of the following?

a) Permittivity
b) Permeability
c) Electric susceptibility
d) Magnetic susceptibility
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Curie-Weiss law is given by χe = εr -1. Thus it is used to calculate the electric
susceptibility of a material.
7. Calculate the loss tangent when the dielectric constant in AC field is given by 3 + 2j.
a) (2/3)
b) (3/2)
c) (-3/2)
d) (-2/3)
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The AC dielectric constant is given by εr = ε` – jε“, where ε` is the real part of AC
dielectric and ε“ is the imaginary part of AC dielectric. The loss tangent is given by tan δ = ε“/ε`
= -2/3.
8. When a dielectric loses its dielectric property, the phenomenon is called

a) Dielectric loss
b) Dielectric breakdown
c) Polarisation
d) Magnetization
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Due to various treatments performed on the dielectric, in order to make it conduct,
the dielectric reaches a state, where it loses its dielectric property and starts to conduct. This
phenomenon is called as dielectric breakdown.
9. Choose the best definition of dielectric loss.

a) Absorption of electric energy by dielectric in an AC field
117
b) Dissipation of electric energy by dielectric in a static field
c) Dissipation of heat by dielectric
d) Product of loss tangent and relative permittivity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In the scenario of an AC field, the absorption of electrical energy by a dielectric
material is called as dielectric loss. This will result in dissipation of energy in the form of heat.
10. Compute the loss factor when the loss tangent is 0.88 and the real part of dielectric is 24.
a) 12.12
b) 12.21
c) 21.21
d) 21.12
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The loss factor is nothing but the imaginary part of AC dielectric. It is given by, ε“
= ε` tan δ. We get loss factor as 24 x 0.88 = 21.12.
118
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Continuity Equation”.
1. Find the current when the charge is a time function given by q(t) = 3t + t2 at 2 seconds.
a) 3
b) 5
c) 7
d) 9
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The current is defined as the rate of change of charge in a circuit ie, I = dq/dt. On
differentiating the charge with respect to time, we get 3 + 2t. At time t = 2s, I = 7A.
2. The continuity equation is a combination of which of the two laws?

a) Ohm’s law and Gauss law
b) Ampere law and Gauss law
c) Ohm’s law and Ampere law
d) Maxwell law and Ampere law
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: I = ∫ J.ds is the integral form of Ohm’s law and Div (J) = dq/dt is the Gauss law
analogous to D. Through these two equations, we get Div(J) = -dρ/dt. This is the continuity
equation.
3. Calculate the charge density for the current density given 20sin x i + ycos z j at the origin.
a) 20t
b) 21t
c) 19t
d) -20t
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Using continuity equation, the problem can be solved. Div(J) =
– dρ/dt. Div(J) = 20cos x + cos z. At origin, we get 20cos 0 + cos 0 = 21. To get ρ, on integrating
the Div(J) with respect to t, the charge density will be 21t.
4. Compute the conductivity when the current density is 12 units and the electric field is 20 units.
Also identify the nature of the material.
a) 1.67, dielectric
119
b) 1.67, conductor
c) 0.6, dielectric
d) 0.6, conductor
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The current density is the product of conductivity and electric field intensity. J =
σE. To get σ, put J = 12 and E = 20. σ = 12/20 = 0.6. Since the conductivity is less than unity, the
material is a dielectric.
5. Find the electron density when convection current density is 120 units and the velocity is
5m/s.
a) 12
b) 600
c) 24
d) 720
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The convection current density is given by J = ρe x v. To get ρe, put J = 120 and v
= 5. ρe = 120/5 = 24 units.
6. Calculate the electric field when the conductivity is 20 units, electron density is 2.4 units and
the velocity is 10m/s. Assume the conduction and convection current densities are same.
a) 2.4
b) 4.8
c) 3.6
d) 1.2
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The conduction current density is given by J = σE and the convection current
density is J = ρe v. When both are equal, ρe v = σE. To get E, put σ = 20, ρe = 2.4 and v = 10, E
= 2.4 x 10/20 = 1.2 units.
7. Find the mobility of the electrons when the drift velocity is 23 units and the electric field is 11
units.
a) 1.1
b) 2.2
c) 3.2
d) 0.9
View Answer
120
Answer: b
Explanation: The mobility is defined as the drift velocity per unit electric field. Thus μe = vd/E =
23/11 = 2.1 units.
8. Find the resistance of a cylinder of area 200 units and length 100m with conductivity of 12
units.
a) 1/24
b) 1/48
c) 1/12
d) 1/96
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The resistance is given by R = ρL/A = L/σA. Put L = 100, σ = 12 and A = 200, we
get R = 100/(12 x 200) = 1/24 units.
9. Calculate the potential when a conductor of length 2m is having an electric field of 12.3units.
a) 26.4
b) 42.6
c) 64.2
d) 24.6
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The electric field is given by E = V/L. To get V, put E = 12.3 and L = 2.Thus we
get V = E x L = 12.3 x 2 = 24.6 units.
10. On equating the generic form of current density equation and the point form of Ohm’s law,
we can obtain V=IR. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The generic current density equation is J = I/A and the point form of Ohm’s law is J
= σ E. On equating both and substituting E = V/L, we get V = IL/σ A = IR which is the Ohm’s
law.
121
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Boundary Conditions”.
1. The charge within a conductor will be

a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: No charges exist in a conductor. An illustration for this statement is that, it is safer
to stay inside a car rather than standing under a tree during lightning. Since the car has a metal
body, no charges will be possessed by it to get ionized by the lightning.
2. For a conservative field which of the following equations holds good?

a) ∫ E.dl = 0
b) ∫ H.dl = 0
c) ∫ B.dl = 0
d) ∫ D.dl = 0
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: A conservative field implies the work done in a closed path will be zero. This is
given by ∫ E.dl = 0.
3. Find the electric field if the surface density at the boundary of air is 10-9.
a) 12π
b) 24π
c) 36π
122
d) 48π
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: It is the conductor-free space boundary. At the boundary, E = ρ/εo. Put ρ = 10-9 and
εo = 10-9/36π. We get E = 36π units.
4. Find the flux density at the boundary when the charge density is given by 24 units.
a) 12
b) 24
c) 48
d) 96
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: At the boundary of a conductor- free space interface, the flux density is equal to the
charge density. Thus D = ρv = 24 units.
5. Which component of the electric field intensity is always continuous at the boundary?
a) Tangential
b) Normal
c) Horizontal
d) Vertical
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At the boundary of the dielectric-dielectric, the tangential component of the electric
field intensity is always continuous. We get Et1 = Et2.
6. The normal component of which quantity is always discontinuous at the boundary?

a) E
b) D
c) H
d) B
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The normal component of an electric flux density is always discontinuous at the
boundary for a dielectric-dielectric boundary. We get Dn1 = Dn2, when we assume the free
surface charge exists at the interface.
123
7. The electric flux density of a surface with permittivity of 2 is given by 12 units. What the flux
density of the surface in air?
a) 24
b) 6
c) 1/6
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The relation between electric field and permittivity is given by Dt1/Dt2 = ε1/ε2. Put
Dt1 = 12, ε1 = 2 and ε2 =1, we get Dt2 = 12 x 1/ 2 = 6 units.
8. The electric field intensity of a surface with permittivity 3.5 is given by 18 units. What the
field intensity of the surface in air?
a) 5.14
b) 0.194
c) 63
d) 29
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The relation between flux density and permittivity is given by En1/En2 = ε2/ ε1.
Put En1 = 18, ε1 = 3.5 and ε2 = 1. We get En2 = 18 x 3.5 = 63 units.
9. A wave incident on a surface at an angle 60 degree is having field intensity of 6 units. The
reflected wave is at an angle of 30 degree. Find the field intensity after reflection.
a) 9.4
b) 8.4
c) 10.4
d) 7.4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: By Snell’s law, the relation between incident and reflected waves is given by, E1
sin θ1 = E2 sin θ2. Thus 6 sin 60 = E2 sin 30. We get E2 = 6 x 1.732 = 10.4 units.
10. Find the permittivity of the surface when a wave incident at an angle 60 is reflected by the
surface at 45 in air.
a) 1.41
b) 3.5
c) 2.2
124
d) 1.73
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From the relations of the boundary conditions of a dielectric-dielectric interface, we
get tan θ1/tan θ2 = ε1/ε2. Thus tan 60/tan 45 = ε1/1. We get ε1 = tan 60 = 1.73.
6. Questions on Electrostatic Boundary Value Problem
The section contains questions on laplace and poisson equations, resistances, capacitances and
images.
Poisson and Laplace Equation

Method of Images
Resistances and Capacitances
125
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Poisson and Laplace equation”.
1. The given equation satisfies the Laplace equation.

V = x2 + y2 – z2. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
126
Answer: a
Explanation: Grad (V) = 2xi + 2yj – 4zk. Div (Grad (V)) = Del2(V) = 2+2-4 = 0. It satisfies the
Laplacian equation. Thus the statement is true.
2. In free space, the Poisson equation becomes

a) Maxwell equation
b) Ampere equation
c) Laplace equation
d) Steady state equation
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Poisson equation is given by Del2(V) = -ρ/ε. In free space, the charges will be
zero. Thus the equation becomes, Del2(V) = 0, which is the Laplace equation.
3. If Laplace equation satisfies, then which of the following statements will be true?
a) Potential will be zero
b) Current will be infinite
c) Resistance will be infinite
d) Voltage will be same
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Laplace equation satisfying implies the potential is not necessarily zero due to
subsequent gradient and divergence operations following. Finally, if potential is assumed to be
zero, then resistance is zero and current will be infinite.
4. Suppose the potential function is a step function. The equation that gets satisfied is
a) Laplace equation
b) Poisson equation
c) Maxwell equation
d) Ampere equation
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Step is a constant function. The Laplace equation Div(Grad(step)) will become
zero. This is because gradient of a constant is zero and divergence of zero vector will be zero.
5. Calculate the charge density when a potential function x2 + y2 + z2 is in air(in 10-9 order)
a) 1/6π
b) 6/2π
c) 12/6π
127
d) 10/8π
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Poisson equation is given by Del2(V) = -ρ/ε. To find ρ, put ε = 8.854 x 10-12 in
air and Laplacian of the function is 2 + 2 + 2 = 6. Ρ = 6 x 10-9/36π = 1/6π units.
6. The function V = exsin y + z does not satisfy Laplace equation. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Grad (V) = exsin y i + ex cos y j + k. Div(Grad(V)) = exsin y – exsin y + 0= 0.Thus
Laplacian equation Div(Grad(V)) = 0 is true.
7. Poisson equation can be derived from which of the following equations?

a) Point form of Gauss law
b) Integral form of Gauss law
c) Point form of Ampere law
d) Integral form of Ampere law
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The point of Gauss law is given by, Div (D)= ρv. On putting
D= ε E and E=- Grad (V) in Gauss law, we get Del2 (V)= -ρ/ε, which is the Poisson equation.
8. Find the charge density from the function of flux density given by 12x – 7z.
a) 19
b) -5
c) 5
d) -19
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From point form of Gauss law, we get Div (D) = ρv
Div (D) = Div(12x – 7z) = 12-7 = 5, which the charge density ρv. Thus ρv = 5 units.
9. Find the electric field of a potential function given by 20 log x + y at the point (1,1,0).
a) -20 i – j
b) -i -20 j
c) i + j
128
d) (i + j)/20
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electric field is given by E = -Grad(V). The gradient of the given function is
20i/x + j. At the point (1,1,0), we get 20i + j. The electric field E = -(20i + j) = -20i – j.
10. When a material has zero permittivity, the maximum potential that it can possess is
a) ∞
b) -∞
c) Unity
d) Zero
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Permittivity is zero, implies that the ability of the material to store electric charges
is zero. Thus the electric field and potential of the material is also zero.
129
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Resistance and Capacitance”.
1. Find the resistivity of a material having resistance 20kohm, area 2 units and length of 12m.
a) 6666.6
b) 3333.3
c) 1200
d) 2000
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The resistance of a material is given by R = ρL/A. To get ρ, put R = 20 x 103, A = 2
and L = 12. We get ρ = 3333.3 units.
2. A resistor value of colour code orange violet orange will be

a) 37 kohm
b) 37 Mohm
c) 48 kohm
d) 48 Mohm
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Orange refers to number 3. Violet refers to number 7. The third colour code orange
refers to 103. Thus the resistor value will be 37 kilo ohm.
3. A infinite resistance is considered as a/an

a) Closed path(short circuit)
b) Open path
c) Not defined
d) Ammeter with zero reading
View Answer
Answer:b
Explanation: When there exists infinite resistance in a path, the current flowing will ideally be
zero. This is possible only for an open path/circuit.
4. Find the time constant in a series R-L circuit when the resistance is 4 ohm and the inductance
is 2 H.
a) 0.25
130
b) 0.2
c) 2
d) 0.5
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The time constant for an R-L series circuit will be τ = L/R. Put R = 4 and L = 2. We
get τ = 2/4 = 0.5 second.
5. Find the time constant for a R-C circuit for resistance R = 24 kohm and C = 16 microfarad.
a) 1.5 millisecond
b) 0.6 nanosecond
c) 384 millisecond
d) 384 microsecond
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The time constant for R-C circuit is τ = RC. Put R = 24 kilo ohm and C = 16 micro
farad. We get τ = 24 x 103 x 16 x 10-6 = 0.384 = 384 millisecond.
6. Find the capacitance when charge is 20 C has a voltage of 1.2V.

a) 32.67
b) 16.67
c) 6.67
d) 12.33
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Capacitance is related to Q and V as C = Q/V. Put C = 20C and V = 1.2V, we get Q
= 20/1.2 = 16.67 farad.
7. Calculate the capacitance of two parallel plates of area 2 units separated by a distance of 0.2m
in air(in picofarad)
a) 8.84
b) 88.4
c) 884.1
d) 0.884
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Capacitance is given by, C = εo A/d. Put A = 2, d = 0.2, εo = 8.854 x 10-12, we get
C = 8.841 x 10-11 = 88. 41 pF.
131
8. Compute the capacitance between two concentric shells of inner radius 2m and the outer
radius is infinitely large.
a) 0.111 nF
b) 0.222 nF
c) 4.5 nF
d) 5.4 nF
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The concentric shell with infinite outer radius is considered to be an isolated
sphere. The capacitance C = 4πε/(1/a – 1/b). If b->∞, then C = 4πεa. Put a = 2m, we get C = 4π x
8.854 x 10-12 x 2 = 0.222 nF.
9. The capacitance of a material refers to

a) Ability of the material to store magnetic field
b) Ability of the material to store electromagnetic field
c) Ability of the material to store electric field
d) Potential between two charged plates
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The capacitance of a material is a measure of the ability of the material to store
electric field. It is the ratio of charge stored to the voltage across the parallel plates.
10. A cable of core radius 1.25cm and impregnated paper insulation of thickness 2.13cm and
relative permittivity 3.5. Compute the capacitance of the cable/km(in nF)
a) 195.7
b) 179.5
c) 157.9
d) 197.5
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Capacitance between coaxial cylinders of inner radius 1.25cm and outer radius 1.25
+ 2.13 = 3.38cm will be C = 2πεL/ ln(b/a). Put b = 3.38, a = 1.25 and L = 1000m, we get C =
1.957 x 10-7 = 195.7 nF.
132
Quiz focuses on “Method of Images”.
1. Identify the advantage of using method of images.

a) Easy approach
b) Boundaries are replaced by charges
c) Boundaries are replaced by images
d) Calculation using Poisson and Laplace equation
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Electrostatic boundary value problems are difficult if Poisson and Laplace equation
is solved directly. But method of images helps us to solve problems without the equations. This
is done by replacing boundary surfaces with appropriate image charges.
2. Calculate the electric field intensity of a line charge of length 2m and potential 24V.
a) 24
b) 12
c) 0.083
d) 12.67
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric field intensity is given by the ratio of potential to distance or length. E
= V/d = 24/2 = 12 V/m.
133
3. Calculate potential of a metal plate of charge 28C and capacitance 12 mF.
a) 3.33 kohm
b) 2.33 kohm
c) 3.33 Mohm
d) 2.33 Mohm
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Potential is given by V = Q/C. Put Q = 28C and C = 12 mF. We get V = 28/12 x 10-
3
= 2.333 x 103 ohm.
4. Find the dissipation factor when series resistance is 5 ohm and capacitive resistance is 10 unit.
a) 2
b) 0.5
c) 1
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The dissipation factor is nothing but the tangent of loss angle of loss tangent. Tan δ
= Series resistance/Capacitive resistance = 5/10 = 0.5.
5. A material with zero resistivity is said to have

a) Zero conductance
b) Infinite conductance
c) Zero resistance
d) Infinite resistance
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Since resistivity is directly proportional to the resistance, when the resistivity is
zero, resistance is also zero. Thus we get zero resistance. The option infinite conductance is also
possible ideally, but it is not possible practically. As there is always some loss in the form of
heat, thus infinite conductance is impossible, but a short circuit (zero resistance) is practically
possible.
6. Find the energy stored by the capacitor 3F having a potential of 12V across it.
a) 432
b) 108
c) 216
d) 54
View Answer
134
Answer: c
Explanation: The energy stored in a capacitor is given by, E = 0.5 CV2.
E = 0.5 x 3 x 122 = 0.5 x 432 = 216 units.
7. By method of images, the problem can be easily calculated by replacing the boundary with
which polygon?
a) Rectangle
b) Trapezoid
c) Square
d) Triangle
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: When any field or potential needs to be calculated for either line charge or coaxial
cable or concentric cylinder, the method of images uses a triangle which converts the three
dimensional problem to one dimensional analysis. From this, the result can be calculated.
8. Calculate the electric field due to a surface charge of 20 units on a plate in air(in 1012 order)
a) 2.19
b) 1.12
c) 9.21
d) 2.91
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric field due to plate of charge will be E = ρs/2εo. Put ρs = 20, we get E =
20/(2 x 8.854 x 10-12) = 1.129 x 1012 units.
9. Find the electric field due to charge density of 1/18 and distance from a point P is 0.5 in air(in
109 order)
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric field for this case is given by, E = ρl/2πεd. Put ρl = 1/18 and d = 0.5.
We get E = 2 x 109 units.
10. Find the total capacitances when two capacitors 2F and 5F are in series.
a) 5/7
135
b) 12/7
c) 2/5
d) 10/7
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Two capacitances in series gives C = C1C2/C1 + C2 = 2 x 5/2 + 5 = 10/7 farad.
7. Questions & Answers on Magnetostics
The section contains questions and answers on laws like-biot savart, faraday, lenz, ampere and
maxwell laws. magnetic field in intensity as well as density and also magnostatic energy and its
properties.
Biot Savart Law Magnetic Field Density

Faraday Law, EMF and Lenz Law Magnetic Vector Potential
Ampere Law Magnostatic Energy
Maxwell Law Magnetostatic Properties
136
Magnetic Field Intensity Real Time Applications
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Biot Savart Law”.
1. Biot Savart law in magnetic field is analogous to which law in electric field?
a) Gauss law
b) Faraday law
c) Coulomb’s law
137
d) Ampere law
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Biot Savart law states that the magnetic flux density H = I.dl sinθ/4πr2, which is
analogous to the electric field F = q1q2/4πεr2, which is the Coulomb’s law.
2. Which of the following cannot be computed using the Biot Savart law?
a) Magnetic field intensity
b) Magnetic flux density
c) Electric field intensity
d) Permeability
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Biot Savart law is used to calculate magnetic field intensity. Using which we
can calculate flux density and permeability by the formula B = μH.
3. Find the magnetic field of a finite current element with 2A current and height 1/2π is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 1/2
d) 1/4
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic field due to a finite current element is given by H = I/2πh. Put I = 2
and h = 1/2π, we get H = 1 unit.
4. Calculate the magnetic field at a point on the centre of the circular conductor of radius 2m
with current 8A.
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic field due to a point in the centre of the circular conductor is given by
H = I/2a. Put I = 8A and a = 2m, we get H = 8/4 = 2 units.
138
5. The current element of the solenoid of turns 100, length 2m and current 0.5A is given by,
a) 100 dx
b) 200 dx
c) 25 dx
d) 50 dx
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The current element of the solenoid is given by NI dx/L. Put N = 100, I = 0.5 and L
= 2 to get, I dx = 100 x 0.5 x dx/2 = 25 dx.
6. Find the magnetic field intensity at the centre O of a square of the sides equal to 5m and
carrying 10A of current.
a) 1.2
b) 1
c) 1.6
d) 1.8
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnetic field is given by H = 4I/√2πω. Put I = 10 and ω = 5m. Thus H = 4 x
10/√2π(5) = 1.8 unit.
7. Find the magnetic flux density when a point from a finite current length element of current
0.5A and radius 100nm.
a) 0
b) 0.5
c) 1
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetic flux density is B = μH, where H is given by I/2πr. Put μ = 4π x 10-7, I
= 0.5 and r = 10-7, we get B = 4π x 10-7 x 0.5/2π x 10-7 = 1 unit.
8. In a static magnetic field only magnetic dipoles exist. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
139
Answer: a
Explanation: From Gauss law for magnetic field, we get divergence of the magnetic flux density
is always zero (ie, Div(B) = 0). This implies the non-existence of magnetic monopole.
9. The magnetic field intensity will be zero inside a conductor. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Electric field will be zero inside a conductor and magnetic field will be zero outside
the conductor. In other words, the conductor boundary, E will be maximum and H will be
minimum.
10. Find the magnetic field when a circular conductor of very high radius is subjected to a
current of 12A and the point P is at the centre of the conductor.
a) 1
b) ∞
c) 0
d) -∞
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetic field of a circular conductor with point on the centre is given by I/2a.
If the radius is assumed to be infinite, then H = 12/2(∞) = 0.
140
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Faraday Law, EMF and Lenz Law”.
1. For time varying currents, the field or waves will be

a) Electrostatic
b) Magneto static
c) Electromagnetic
d) Electrical
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: For stationary charges, the field is electrostatic. For steady currents, the field is
magneto static. But for time varying currents, the field or waves will be electromagnetic.
2. According to Faraday’s law, EMF stands for

a) Electromagnetic field
b) Electromagnetic force
c) Electromagnetic friction
d) Electromotive force
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The force in any closed circuit due to the change in the flux linkage of the circuit is
called as electromotive force EMF. This phenomenon is called as Faraday’s law.
3. Calculate the emf when the flux is given by 3sin t + 5cos t

a) 3cos t – 5sin t
b) -3cos t + 5sin t
c) -3sin t – 5cos t
d) 3cos t + 5sin t
View Answer
141
Answer: b
Explanation: The electromotive force is given by Vemf = -dλ/dt. Thus Vemf = -dλ/dt = -(3cos t –
5sin t) = -3cos t + 5sin t.
4. The induced voltage will oppose the flux producing it. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: According to Lenz law, the induced voltage acts in such a way that it opposes the
flux producing it. This is indicated by a negative sign.
5. Calculate the emf when a coil of 100 turns is subjected to a flux rate of 0.3 tesla/sec.
a) 3
b) 30
c) -30
d) -300
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The induced emf is given by Vemf = -dλ/dt = -Ndψ/dt. Thus emf will be -100 x 0.3
= -30 units.
6. Find the displacement current when the flux density is given by t3 at 2 seconds.
a) 3
b) 6
c) 12
d) 27
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The displacement current is given by Jd = dD/dt. Thus Jd = 3t2. At time t = 2, we
get Jd = 3(2)2= 12A.
7. Find the force due to a current element of length 2cm and flux density of 12 tesla. The current
through the element will be 5A.
a) 1 N
b) 1.2 N
c) 1.4 N
d) 1.6 N
View Answer
142
Answer: b
Explanation: The force due to a current element is given by F = BI x L. Thus F = 12 x 5 x 0.02 =
1.2 units.
8. Which of the following statements is true?

a) E is the cross product of v and B
b) B is the cross product of v and E
c) E is the dot product of v and B
d) B is the dot product of v and E
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electric field is the cross product of the velocity and the magnetic field
intensity. This is given by Lorentz equation.
9. The time varying electric field E is conservative. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The time varying electric field E(t) is not a closed path. Thus the curl will be non-
zero. This implies E(t) is not conservative and the statement is false.
10. When the conduction current density and displacement current density are same, the
dissipation factor will be
a) Zero
b) Minimum
c) Maximum
d) Unity
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Dissipation factor refers to the tangent of loss angle. It is the ratio of conduction
current density to displacement current density. When both are same, the loss tangent or the
dissipation factor will be unity.
143
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Ampere Law”.
1. The point form of Ampere law is given by

a) Curl(B) = I
b) Curl(D) = J
c) Curl(V) = I
d) Curl(H) = J
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Ampere law states that the line integral of H about any closed path is exactly equal
to the direct current enclosed by that path. ∫ H.dl = I The point form will be Curl (H) = J.
2. The Ampere law is based on which theorem?

a) Green’s theorem
b) Gauss divergence theorem
c) Stoke’s theorem
d) Maxwell theorem
View Answer
144
Answer: c
Explanation: The proof of the Ampere’s circuital law is obtained from Stoke’s theorem for H and
J only.
3. Electric field will be maximum outside the conductor and magnetic field will be maximum
inside the conductor. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At the conductor-free space boundary, electric field will be maximum and magnetic
field will be minimum. This implies electric field is zero inside the conductor and increases as
the radius increases and the magnetic field is zero outside the conductor and decreases as it
approaches the conductor.
4. Find the magnetic flux density of a finite length conductor of radius 12cm and current 3A in
air( in 10-6 order)
a) 4
b) 5
c) 6
d) 7
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity is given by H = I/2πr, where I = 3A and r = 0.12. The
magnetic flux density in air B = μ H, where μ = 4π x 10-7.Thus B = 4π x 10-7 x 3/2π x 0.12 = 5x
10-6 units.
5. Calculate the magnetic field intensity due to a toroid of turns 50, current 2A and radius
159mm.
a) 50
b) 75
c) 100
d) 200
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity is given by H = NI/2πrm, where N = 50, I = 2A and rm
= 1/2π. Thus H = 50 x 2/2π x 0.159 = 100 units.
145
6. Find the magnetic field intensity due to an infinite sheet of current 5A and charge density of
12j units in the positive y direction and the z component is above the sheet.
a) -6
b) 12k
c) 60
d) 6
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity when the normal component is above the sheet is Hx =
0.5 K, where K = 12. Thus we get H = 0.5 x 12 = 6 units.
7. Find the magnetic field intensity due to an infinite sheet of current 5A and charge density of
12j units in the positive y direction and the z component is below the sheet.
a) 6
b) 0
c) -6
d) 60k
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetic intensity when the normal component is below the sheet is Hy = -0.5
K, where K = 12.Thus we get H = -0.5 x 12 = -6 units.
8. Find the current density on the conductor surface when a magnetic field H = 3cos x i + zcos x
j A/m, for z>0 and zero, otherwise is applied to a perfectly conducting surface in xy plane.
a) cos x i
b) –cos x i
c) cos x j
d) –cos x j
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: By Ampere law, Curl (H) = J. The curl of H will be i(-cos x) – j(0) + k(-z sin x) = -
cos x i – zsin x k. In the xy plane, z = 0. Thus Curl(H) = J = -cos x i.
9. When the rotational path of the magnetic field intensity is zero, then the current in the path
will be
a) 1
b) 0
c) ∞
146
d) 0.5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: By Ampere law, Curl(H) = J. The rotational path of H is zero, implies the curl of H
is zero. This shows the current density J is also zero. The current is the product of the current
density and area, which is also zero.
10. Find the magnetic field intensity when the current density is 0.5 units for an area up to 20
units.
a) 10
b) 5
c) 20
d) 40
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that ∫ H.dl = I. By Stoke’s law, we can write Curl(H) = J. In integral
form, H = ∫ J.ds, where J = 0.5 and ds is defined by 20 units. Thus H = 0.5 x 20 = 10 units.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Maxwell Law”.
1. The divergence of which quantity will be zero?

a) E
147
b) D
c) H
d) B
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The divergence of the magnetic flux density is always zero. This is because of the
non existence of magnetic monopoles in a magnetic field.
2. Find the charge density when the electric flux density is given by 2x i + 3y j + 4z k.
a) 10
b) 9
c) 24
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The charge density is the divergence of the electric flux density by Maxwell’s
equation. Thus ρ = Div (D) and Div (D) = 2 + 3 + 4 = 9. We get ρ = 9 units.
3. Find the Maxwell equation derived from Faraday’s law.

a) Div(H) = J
b) Div(D) = I
c) Curl(E) = -dB/dt
d) Curl(B) = -dH/dt
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From the Faraday’s law and Lenz law, using Stoke’s theorem, we get Curl(E) = -
dB/dt. This is the Maxwell’s first law of electromagnetics.
4. Find the Maxwell law derived from Ampere law.

a) Div(I) = H
b) Div(H) = J
c) Curl(H) = J
d) Curl(B) = D
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From the current density definition and Ohm’s law, the Ampere circuital law
Curl(H) = J can be derived. This is Maxwell’s second law of electromagnetics.
148
5. The Faraday’s law states about which type of EMF?
a) Transformer EMF
b) Back EMF
c) Generator EMF
d) Secondary EMF
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The stationary loop in a varying magnetic field results in an induced emf due to the
change in the flux linkage of the loop. This emf is called as induced or transformer EMF.
6. In which of the following forms can Maxwell’s equation not be represented?

a) Static
b) Differential
c) Integral
d) Harmonic
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Maxwell equations can be represented in differential/point form and integral form
alternatively. Sometimes, it can be represented by time varying fields called harmonic form.
7. The charge build up in the capacitor is due to which quantity?

c) Convection current
d) Direct current
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The charge in the capacitor is due to displacement current. It is the current in the
presence of the dielectric placed between two parallel metal plates.
8. In metals which of the following equation will hold good?

a) Curl(H) = J
b) Curl(J) = dD/dt
c) Curl(H) = D
d) Curl(J) = dB/dt
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Generally, the Curl(H) is the sum of two currents- conduction and displacement. In
149
case of metals, it constitutes conduction J and in case of dielectrics, it constitutes the
displacement current dD/dt.
9. Find the flux enclosed by a material of flux density 12 units in an area of 80cm.
a) 9.6
b) 12/80
c) 80/12
d) 12/0.8
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The total flux in a material is the product of the flux density and the area. It is given
by flux = 12 x 0.8= 9.6 units.
10. Find the electric flux density of a material with charge density 16 units in unit volume.
a) 1/16
b) 16t
c) 16
d) 162
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric flux density from Maxwell’s equation is given by D = ∫ ρ dv. On
substituting ρ = 16 and ∫dv = 1, we get D = 16 units.
150
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Field Intensity”.
1. The H quantity is analogous to which component in the following?

a) B
b) D
c) E
d) V
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The H quantity refers to magnetic field intensity in the magnetic field. This is
analogous to the electric field intensity E in the electric field.
2. The magnetic flux density is directly proportional to the magnetic field intensity. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity is directly proportional to the magnetic field intensity
for a particular material (Permeability). It is given by B = μH.
3. Ampere law states that,

a) Divergence of H is same as the flux
b) Curl of D is same as the current
c) Divergence of E is zero
d) Curl of H is same as the current density
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Ampere circuital law or Ampere law states that the closed integral of the magnetic
field intensity is same as the current enclosed by it. It is given by Curl(H) = J.
151
4. Given the magnetic field is 2.4 units. Find the flux density in air(in 10-6 order).
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: We know that B = μH. On substituting μ = 4π x 10-7 and H = 2.4, we get B = 4π x
10-7 x 2.4 = 3 x 10-6 units.
5. Find the electric field when the magnetic field is given by 2sin t in air.
a) 8π x 10-7 cos t
b) 4π x 10-7 sin t
c) -8π x 10-7 cos t
d) -4π x 10-7 sin t
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Given H = 2sin t. We get B = μH = 4π x 10-7 x 2sin t = 8πx10-7sin t.
To get E, integrate B with respect to time, we get 8πx10-7cos t.
6. Find the height of an infinitely long conductor from point P which is carrying current of 6.28A
and field intensity is 0.5 units.
a) 0.5
b) 2
c) 6.28
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity of an infinitely long conductor is given by H = I/2πh.
Put I = 6.28 and H = 0.5, we get h = 1/0.5 = 2 units.
7. Find the magnetic field intensity due to a solenoid of length 12cm having 30 turns and current
of 1.5A.
a) 250
b) 325
c) 175
d) 375
View Answer
152
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity of a solenoid is given by H = NI/L = 30 X 1.5/0.12 =
375 units.
8. Find the magnetic field intensity at the radius of 6cm of a coaxial cable with inner and outer
radii are 1.5cm and 4cm respectively. The current flowing is 2A.
a) 2.73
b) 3.5
c) 0
d) 1.25
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The inner radius is 1.5cm and the outer radius is 4cm. It is clear that the magnetic
field intensity needs to be calculated outside of the conductor ie, r>4cm. This will lead to zero,
since H outside the conductor will be zero.
9. Find the magnetic field intensity of a toroid of turns 40 and radius 20cm. The current carried
by the toroid be 3.25A.
a) 103.45
b) 102
c) 105.7
d) 171
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity of a toroid is given by H = NI/2πrm. Put N = 40, I =
3.25 and rm = 0.2, we get H = 40 x 3.25/2π x 0.2 = 103.45 units.
10. The magnetic field intensity of an infinite sheet of charge with charge density 36.5 units in
air will be
a) 18.25
b) 11.25
c) 73
d) 1/36.5
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity of an infinite sheet of charge is given by H = 0.5 K, for
the point above the sheet and –0.5 K, for the point below the sheet. Here k is the charge density.
Thus H = 0.5 x 36.5 = 18.25 units.
153
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Field Density”.
1. Identify which of the following is the unit of magnetic flux density?

a) Weber
b) Weber/m
c) Tesla
d) Weber-1
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The unit of magnetic flux density is weber/m2. It is also called as tesla.
2. The divergence of H will be

a) 1
b) -1
c) ∞
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: We know that the divergence of B is zero. Also B = μH. Thus divergence of H is
also zero.
154
3. Find the flux contained by the material when the flux density is 11.7 Tesla and the area is 2
units.
a) 23.4
b) 12.3
c) 32.4
d) 21.3
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The total flux is given by φ = ∫ B.ds, where ∫ds is the area. Thus φ = BA. We get φ
= 11.7 x 2 = 23.4 units.
4. Find the current when the magnetic field intensity is given by 2L and L varies as 0->1.
a) 2
b) 1
c) 0.5
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From Ampere law, we get ∫ H.dL = I. Put H = 2L and L = 0->1. On integrating H
with respect to L, the current will be 1A.
5. Find the magnetic field intensity when the flux density is 8 x 10-6 Tesla in the medium of air.
a) 6.36
b) 3.66
c) 6.63
d) 3.36
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We how that, B = μH. To get H = B/μ, put B = 8 x 10-6 and μ = 4π x 10-7. Thus H =
8 x 10-6/ 4π x 10-7 = 6.36 units.
6. If ∫ H.dL = 0, then which statement will be true?

a) E = -Grad(V)
b) B = -Grad(D)
c) H = -Grad(Vm)
d) D = -Grad(A)
View Answer
155
Answer: c
Explanation: The given condition shows that the magnetic field intensity will be the negative
gradient of the magnetic vector potential.
7. Find the magnetic flux density of the material with magnetic vector potential A = y i + z j + x
k.
a) i + j + k
b) –i – j – k
c) –i-j
d) –i-k
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic flux density is the curl of the magnetic vector potential. B = Curl(A).
Thus Curl(A) = i(-1) – j(1) + k(-1) = -i – j – k. We get B = -i – j – k.
8. Find the magnetic flux density when a flux of 28 units is enclosed in an area of 15cm.
a) 178.33
b) 186.67
c) 192.67
d) 124.33
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The total flux is the product of the magnetic flux density and the area. Total flux =
B x A. To get B, put flux/area. B = 28/0.15 = 186.67 units.
9. Find the magnetic flux density B when E is given by 3sin y i + 4cos z j + ex k.

a) ∫(4sin z i – ex j – 3cos y k)dt
b) -∫(4sin z i – ex j – 3cos y k)dt
c) ∫(4sin y i – ex j + 3cos y k)dt
d) -∫(4sin y i + ex j + 3cos y k)dt
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: We know that Curl (E) = -dB/dt. The curl of E is (4sin z i – ex j – 3cos y k). To get
B, integrate the -curl(E) with respect to time to get B = -∫(4sin z i – ex j – 3cos y k)dt.
10. Find current density J when B = 50 x 10-6 units and area dS is 4 units.
a) 9.94
b) 8.97
c) 7.92
156
d) 10.21
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: To get H, H = B/μ = 50 x 10-6/ 4π x 10-7 = 39.78 units. Also H = ∫ J.dS, where H =
39.78 and ∫ dS = 4. Thus J = 39.78/4 = 9.94 units.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Vector Potential”.
1. The magnetic vector potential is a scalar quantity.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic vector potential could be learnt as a scalar. But it is actually a vector
quantity, which means it has both magnitude and direction.
157
2. Find the magnetic field intensity when the magnetic vector potential x i + 2y j + 3z k.
a) 6
b) -6
c) 0
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic field intensity is given by H = -Grad(Vm). The gradient of Vm is 1 +
2 + 3 = 6. Thus H = -6 units.
3. The value of ∫ H.dL will be

a) J
b) I
c) B
d) H
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: By Stoke’s theorem, ∫ H.dL = ∫ Curl(H).dS and from Ampere’s law, Curl(H) = J.
Thus ∫ H.dL = ∫ J.dS which is nothing but current I.
4. Given the vector potential is 16 – 12sin y j. Find the field intensity at the origin.
a) 28
b) 16
c) 12
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The field intensity is given by H = – Grad(V). The gradient is given by 0 – 12cos y.
At the origin, the gradient will be -12 cos 0 = -12. Thus the field intensity will be 12 units.
5. Find the vector potential when the field intensity 60x2 varies from (0,0,0) to (1,0,0).
a) 120
b) -20
c) -180
d) 60
View Answer
158
Answer: b
Explanation: The field intensity H = -Grad(V). To get V, integrate H with respect to the variable.
Thus V = -∫H.dl = -∫60x2 dx = -20x3 as x = 0->1 to get -20.
6. Find the flux density B when the potential is given by x i + y j + z k in air.

a) 12π x 10-7
b) -12π x 10-7
c) 6π x 10-7
d) -6π x 10-7
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The field intensity H = -Grad(V). Since the given potential is a position vector, the
gradient will be 3 and H = -3. Thus the flux density B = μH = 4π x 10-7 x (-3) = -12π x 10-7 units.
7. The Laplacian of the magnetic vector potential will be

a) –μ J
b) – μ I
c) –μ B
d) –μ H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Laplacian of the magnetic vector potential is given by Del2(A) = -μ J, where μ
is the permeability and J is the current density.
8. The magnetic vector potential for a line current will be inversely proportional to
a) dL
b) I
c) J
d) R
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnetic vector potential for the line integral will be A = ∫ μIdL/4πR. It is clear
that the potential is inversely proportional to the distance or radius R.
9. The current element of the magnetic vector potential for a surface current will be
a) J dS
b) I dL
c) K dS
159
d) J dV
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetic vector potential for the surface integral is given by A = ∫ μKdS/4πR.
It is clear that the current element is K dS.
10. The relation between flux density and vector potential is

a) B = Curl(A)
b) A = Curl(B)
c) B = Div(A)
d) A = Div(B)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic flux density B can be expressed as the space derivative of the
magnetic vector potential A. Thus B = Curl(A).
160
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetostatic Energy”.
1. Find the induced EMF in an inductor of 2mH and the current rate is 2000 units.
a) 4
b) -4
c) 1
d) -1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The induced emf is given by e = -Ldi/dt. Put L = 2 x 10-3 and di/dt = 2000 in the
equation. We get e = -2 x 10-3 x 2000 = -4 units.
2. Find the work done in an inductor of 4H when a current 8A is passed through it?
a) 256
b) 128
c) 64
d) 512
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The work done in the inductor will be W = 0.5 x LI2. On substituting L = 4 and I =
8, we get, W = 0.5 x 4 x 82 = 128 units.
3. Find the inductance of a material with 100 turns, area 12 units and current of 2A in air.
a) 0.75mH
b) 7.5mH
c) 75mH
d) 753mH
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The inductance of any material(coil) is given by L = μ N2A/I. On substituting N =
100, A = 0.12 and I = 2, we get L = 4π x 10-7 x 1002 x 0.12/2 = 0.75 units.
161
4. Calculate the magnetic energy when the magnetic intensity in air is given as 14.2 units(in 10-4
order)
a) 1.26
b) 2.61
c) 6.12
d) 1.62
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic energy is given by E = 0.5 μ H2. Put H = 14.2 and in air μ = 4π x 10-
7
, we get E = 0.5 x 4π x 10-7 x 14.22 = 1.26 x 10-4 units.
5. Calculate the magnetic energy when the magnetic flux density is given by 32 units(in 108
order)
a) 4.07
b) 7.4
c) 0.47
d) 7.04
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic energy is given by E = 0.5 μ H2 and we know that μH = B. On
substituting we get a formula E = 0.5 B2/μ. Put B = 32 and in air μ = 4π x 10-7, we get E = 0.5 x
322/4π x 10-7 = 4.07 x 108 units.
6. Calculate the energy when the magnetic intensity and magnetic flux density are 15 and 65
respectively.
a) 755
b) 487.5
c) 922
d) 645
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic energy can also be written as E = 0.5 μH2 = 0.5 BH, since B = μH.
On substituting B = 65 and H = 15 we get E = 0.5 x 65 x 15 = 487.5 units.
7. Find the inductance when the energy is given by 2 units with a current of 16A.
a) 15.6mH
b) 16.5mH
c) 16.8mH
162
d) 15.8mH
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The energy stored in an inductor is given by E = 0.5 LI2. To get L, put E = 2 and I =
16 and thus L = 2E/I2 = 2 x 2/162 = 15.6mH.
8. Find the power of an inductor of 5H and current 4.5A after 2 seconds.

a) 25.31
b) 50.62
c) 102.4
d) 204.8
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The energy stored in an inductor is given by E = 0.5 LI2. Thus, put L = 5 and I =
4.5 and we get E = 0.5 x 5 x 4.52 = 50.625 units To get power P = E/t = 50.625/2 = 25.31 units.
9. Find the turns in an solenoid of inductance 23.4mH , current 2A and area 15cm.
a) 900
b) 400
c) 498
d) 658
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The inductance of any material(coil) is given by L = μ N2A/I.
Put L = 23.4 x 10-3, I = 2 and A = 0.15, we get N as 498 turns.
10. The energy of a coil depends on the turns. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The inductance is directly proportional to square of the turns. Since the energy is
directly proportional to the inductance, we can say both are dependent on each other.
163
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetostatic Properties”.
1. The magnetostatics highly relies on which property?

a) Resistance
b) Capacitance
c) Inductance
d) Moment
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetostatics highly relies on the inductance of the magnetic materials, which
decides its behavior in the influence of magnetic field.
2. The inductance is the measure of

a) Electric charges stored by the material
b) Emf generated by energising the coil
c) Magnetic field stored by the material
d) Magnetization of dipoles
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The inductance is a property of an electric conductor/coil which measures the
amount of emf generated by passing current through the coil.
164
3. Find the total flux in a coil of magnetic flux density 12 units and area 7 units.
a) 0.84
b) 0.96
c) 8.4
d) 9.6
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The total flux in a coil is defined by φ = BA, where B = 12 and A = 0.07. On
substituting these values, we get φ = 12 x 0.07 = 0.84 units.
4. Find the energy of a coil of inductance 18mH and current passing through it 1.25A.(in 10-3
order)
a) 14.06
b) 61
c) 46.1
d) 28.12
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic energy possessed by a coil is given by E = 0.5 x LI2. Put L = 18 x 10-
3
and I = 1.25, thus we get E = 0.5 x 18 x 10-3 x 1.252 = 14.06 x 10-3 units.
5. Using Maxwell equation which of the following cannot be calculated directly?

a) B
b) D
c) A
d) H
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Maxwell equations can be used to compute E,H,D,B and J directly. It is not
possible to find the magnetic vector potential A directly.
6. Which of the following relation will hold good?

a) D = μ H
b) B = ε E
c) E = ε D
d) B = μ H
View Answer
165
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnetic flux density is the product the permeability and the magnetic field
intensity. This statement is always true for any material (permeability).
7. The permeability and permittivity of air or free space is unity. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The permeability and permittivity of free space or air is always unity. This implies
that the air is always ready to store electric or magnetic charges subjected to it.
8. Choose the best relation.

a) A = -Div(V)
b) V = Curl(A)
c) H = -Grad(V)
d) V = Div(E)
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: For any magnetic field, the magnetic field intensity will be the negative gradient of
the potential of the field. This is given by H = -Grad(V).
9. Find the magnetic field when the magnetic vector potential is a unit vector.
a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: We know that H = -Grad(V), where is a unit vector. The gradient of a constant/unit
vector will be zero. Thus the magnetic field intensity will be zero.
10. Find the force experienced by an electromagnetic wave in a conductor?

a) Electrostatic force
b) Magneto static force
c) Electro motive force
d) Lorentz force
View Answer
166
Answer: d
Explanation: The electromagnetic wave experiences Lorentz force which is the combination of
the electrostatic force and magneto static force. It is given by F = QE + Q(V X B).
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Real Time Applications”.
1. Calculate the capacitance of a material in air with area 20 units and distance between plates is
5m.
a) 35.36pF
b) 3.536pF
c) 35.36nF
d) 3.536nF
View Answer
167
Answer: a
Explanation: The capacitance of any material is given by, C = εA/d, where ε = εoεr is the
permittivity in air and the material respectively. Thus C = 1 X 8.854 X 10-12 X 20/5 = 35.36pF.
2. The resistance of a material with conductivity 2millimho/m2, length 10m and area 50m is
a) 500
b) 200
c) 100
d) 1000
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The resistance is given by, R = ρL/A, where ρ is the resistivity, the inverse of
conductivity. R = 10/(0.002 X 50) = 100 ohm.
3. Find the inductance of a coil with permeability 3.5, turns 100 and length 2m. Assume the area
to be thrice the length.
a) 131.94mH
b) 94.131mH
c) 131.94H
d) 94.131H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The inductance is given by L = μ N2A/l, where μ= μoμr is the permeability of air
and the material respectively. N = 100 and Area = 3 X 2 = 6. L = 4π X 10-7 X 1002 X 6/2 =
131.94mH.
4. Find the current density of a material with resistivity 20 units and electric field intensity 2000
units.
a) 400
b) 300
c) 200
d) 100
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The current density is given by J = σ E, where σ is the conductivity. Thus resistivity
ρ = 1/σ. J = E/ρ = 2000/20 = 100 units.
5. Find the current in a conductor with resistance 2 ohm, electric field 2 units and distance
100cm.
168
a) 1A
b) 10mA
c) 10A
d) 100mA
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that E = V/d. To get potential, V = E X d = 2 X 1 = 2 volts. From Ohm’s
law, V = IR and current I = V/R = 2/2 = 1A.
6. In electric fields, D= ε E. The correct expression which is analogous in magnetic fields will be
a) H = μ B
b) B = μ H
c) A = μ B
d) H = μ A
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In electric fields, the flux density is a product of permittivity and field intensity.
Similarly, for magnetic fields, the magnetic flux density is the product of permeability and
magnetic field intensity, given by B= μ H.
7. Find the force on a conductor of length 12m and magnetic flux density 20 units when a current
of 0.5A is flowing through it.
a) 60
b) 120
c) 180
d) 200
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The force on a conductor is given by F = BIL, where B = 20, I = 0.5 and L = 12.
Force F = 20 X 0.5 x 12 = 120 N.
8. From the formula F = qE, can prove that work done is a product of force and displacement.
State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
169
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that F = qE = qV/d and W = qV. Thus it is clear that qV = W and qV =
Fd. On equating both, we get W = Fd, which is the required proof.
9. Calculate the power of a material with electric field 100 units at a distance of 10cm with a
current of 2A flowing through it.
a) 10
b) 20
c) 40
d) 80
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Power is defined as the product of voltage and current.
P = V X I, where V = E X d. Thus P = E X d X I = 100 X 0.1 X 2 = 20 units.
10. Compute the power consumed by a material with current density 15 units in an area of 100
units. The potential measured across the material is 20V.
a) 100kJ
b) 250kJ
c) 30kJ
d) 15kJ
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Power is given by, P= V X I, where I = J X A is the current.
Thus power P = V X J X A = 20 X 15 X 100 = 30,000 joule = 30kJ.
170
8. Questions on Magnetic Forces and Materials
The section contains questions and answers on magnetic force, torque, dipole, materials, energy,
circuits and boundary conditions.
Magnetic Force and Lorentz Force Magnetization

Magnetic Torque Magnetic Boundary Conditions
Magnetic Dipole Inductances
Magnetic Materials Magnetic Energy and Circuits
171
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Force and Lorentz Force”.
1. Find the electric force when the charge of 2C is subjected to an electric field of 6 units.
a) 6
b) 3
c) 12
d) 24
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric force is given by F = qE, where q = 2C and E = 6 units. Thus we get F
= 2 x 6 = 12 units.
2. Find the magnetic force when a charge 3.5C with flux density of 4 units is having a velocity of
2m/s.
a) 14
b) 28
c) 7
d) 32
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetic force is given by F = q(v x B), where q = 3.5C, v = 2m/s and B = 4
units. Thus we get F = 3.5(2 x 4) = 28 units.
3. Find the electric field when the velocity of the field is 12m/s and the flux density is 8.75 units.
a) 510
b) 105
c) 150
d) 165
View Answer
172
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric field intensity is the product of the velocity and the magnetic flux
density ie, E = v x B = 12 x 8.75 = 105 units.
4. Find the Lorentz force of a charge 2.5C having an electric field of 5 units and magnetic field
of 7.25 units with a velocity 1.5m/s.
a) 39.68
b) 68.39
c) 86.93
d) 93.68
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Lorentz force is given by F = qE + q(v x B), it is the sum of electric and
magnetic force. On substituting q = 2.5, E = 5, v = 1.5 and B = 7.25, F = 2.5(5) + 2.5(1.5 x 7.25)
= 39.68 units.
5. The force on a conductor of length 12cm having current 8A and flux density 3.75 units at an
angle of 300 is
a) 1.6
b) 2
c) 1.4
d) 1.8
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The force on a conductor is given by F = BIL sin θ, where B = 3.75, I = 8, L = 0.12
and θ = 300. We get F = 3.75 x 8 x 0.12 sin 30 = 1.8 units.
6. The force per unit length of two conductors carrying equal currents of 5A separated by a
distance of 20cm in air(in 10-6 order)
a) 25
b) 35
c) 40
d) 50
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The force per unit length of two conductors is given by
F = μ I1xI2/2πD, where I1 = I2 = 5 and D = 0.2. Thus F = 4π x 10-7 x 52/ 2π x 0.2 = 25 x 10-6
units.
173
7. When currents are moving in the same direction in two conductors, then the force will be
a) Attractive
b) Repulsive
c) Retracting
d) Opposing
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: When two conductors are having currents moving in the same direction then the
forces of the two conductors will be moving towards each other or attractive.
8. Find the flux density due to a conductor of length 6m and carrying a current of 3A(in 10-7
order)
a) 1
b) 10
c) 100
d) 0.1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The flux density is B = μH, where H = I/2πR. Put I = 3 and R = 6, we get B = 4π x
10-7 x 3/2π x 6 = 1 x 10-7 units.
9. Find the maximum force of the conductor having length 60cm, current 2.75A and flux density
of 9 units.
a) 14.85
b) 18.54
c) 84.25
d) 7.256
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The force on a conductor is given by F = BIL sin θ, where B = 3.75, I = 8, L = 0.12
and θ = 90 for maximum force. We get F
= BIL= 9 x 2.75 x 0.6 sin 90 = 14.85 units.
10. The magnetic force impacts the energy of the field. State True/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
174
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic force depends on the flux density of a material and the flux density is
in turn dependent on the energy of the material. It can be shown that F = q(v x B) and E = 0.5 x
B2/μ. It is clear that B and F are related.
MCQs focuses on “Magnetic Torque”.
1. Find the force that exists in an electromagnetic wave.

a) Electrostatic force
b) Magnetostatic force
c) Lorentz force
d) Electromotive force
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In an electromagnetic wave, the force of the electric and magnetic field both
coexist. This is given by F = qE + q(v x B). It is called Lorentz force.
2. In an field having a force of 12N and distance 20cm, the torque will be
a) 0.24
b) 2.4
c) 24
175
d) 12/20
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The torque is defined as the product of the force and distance in a field. Thus T = F
x d = 12 x 0.2 = 2.4 units.
3. Find the torque in a conductor having current 2A, flux density 50 units, length 15cm and
distance of 8m.
a) 120
b) 240
c) 800
d) 350
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The torque on a conductor is given by T = BILd, where L x d is the area of the
conductor. Thus the torque will be, T = 50 x 2 x 0.15 x 8 = 120 units.
4. The distance of the conductor when the area and length of the conductor is 24m2 and 13.56m.
a) 1.76
b) 2.67
c) 1.52
d) 2.15
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that the surface integral is the area component which is the product of
two dimensions given by length and distance in a conductor. Thus A = L x d. To get d, d = A/L =
24/13.56 = 1.76 units.
5. The torque on a conductor with flux density 23 units, current 1.6A and area 6.75 units will be
a) 248.4
b) 192.6
c) 175.4
d) 256.9
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The maximum torque on a conductor will be at perpendicular angle ie, at 90. The
torque will be given as T = BIA, where B = 23, I = 1.6 and A = 6.75.Thus we get, T = 23 x 1.6 x
6.75 = 248.4 units.
176
6. Consider the conductor to be a coil of turns 60 and the flux density to be 13.5 units, current
0.12A and area 16units. The torque will be
a) 1555.2
b) 1222.5
c) 525.1
d) 255.6
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For a single turn or loop, the torque will be BIA. For N turns, the torque will be T =
NBIA, where N = 60, B = 13.5, I = 0.12 and A = 16. Thus T = 60 x 13.5 x 0.12 x 16 = 1555.2
units.
7. The torque of a conductor is defined only in the case when

a) The field is perpendicular to the loop
b) The plane of the loop is parallel to the field
c) The plane of the loop is perpendicular to the current direction
d) The field and the current direction are same
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The torque of a conductor is given by T = NBIA. This equation of the conductor is
valid only when the plane of the loop is parallel to the magnetic field applied to it.
8. Find the angle at which the torque is minimum.

a) 30
b) 45
c) 60
d) 90
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The torque of a conductor loop is given by T = BIA cos θ. The torque is minimum
refers to zero torque. This is possible only when the angle is 90 or perpendicular.
9. The magnetic moment and torque are related as follows

a) T = BM
b) B = TM
c) M = TB
d) T = M
View Answer
177
Answer: a
Explanation: The torque is defined as the product of the magnetic flux density and the magnetic
moment. It is given by T = BM, where M = IA is the magnetic moment.
10. Calculate the magnetic moment when a field of B= 51 units is subjected to a torque of 20
units.
a) 0.39
b) 4.2
c) 2.55
d) 3.21
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic moment is given by the ratio of the torque and the magnetic flux
density. Thus M = T/B, where T = 20 and B = 51 units. We get M = 20/51 = 0.39 units.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Dipole”.
1. The magnetic moment of a field with current 12A and area 1.6 units is
a) 19.2
b) 12.9
178
c) 21.9
d) 91.2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic moment is the product of current and the area of the conductor. It is
given by M = IA, where I = 12 and A = 1.6.Thus we get, M = 12 x 1.6 = 19.2 units.
2. Find the torque of a loop with magnetic moment 12.5 and magnetic flux density 7.65 units is
a) 95.625
b) 65.925
c) 56.525
d) 65.235
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The torque is defined as the product of the magnetic moment and the magnetic flux
density given by T = MB, where M = 12.5 and B = 7.65. Thus we get T = 12.5 x 7.65 = 95.625
units.
3. The magnetization is defined by the ratio of

a) Magnetic moment to area
b) Magnetic moment to volume
c) Magnetic flux density to area
d) Magnetic flux density to volume
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetization refers to the amount of dipole formation in a given volume when
it is subjected to a magnetic field. It is given by the ratio of the magnetic moment to the volume.
Thus Pm = M/V.
4. Find the orbital dipole moment in a field of dipoles of radius 20cm and angular velocity of
2m/s(in 10-22 order)
a) 64
b) 76
c) 54
d) 78
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The orbital dipole moment is given by M = 0.5 x eVangx r2, where e = 1.6 x 10-19 is
179
the charge of the electron, Vang = 2 and r = 0.2. On substituting, we get M = 0.5 x 1.6 x 10-19x 2
x 0.22= 64 x 10-22 units.
5. Find the orbital angular moment of a dipole with angular velocity of 1.6m/s and radius
35cm(in 10-31 order)
a) 1.78
b) 8.71
c) 7.18
d) 2.43
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The orbital angular moment is given by Ma = m x Vangx r2,where m = 9.1 x 10-31,
Vang = 1.6 and r = 0.35. On substituting, we get, Ma = 9.1 x 10-31 x 1.6 x 0.352 = 1.78 x 10-31
units.
6. The ratio of the orbital dipole moment to the orbital angular moment is given by
a) e/m
b) –e/m
c) e/2m
d) –e/2m
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The orbital dipole moment is given by M = 0.5 x eVangx r2 and the orbital angular
moment is given by Ma = m x Vangx r2. Their ratio M/Ma is given by –e/2m, the negative sign
indicates the charge of electron.
7. Calculate the Larmer angular frequency for a magnetic flux density of 12.34 x 10-10.
a) 108.36
b) 810.63
c) 368.81
d) 183.36
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Larmer angular frequency is the product of magnitude of the ratio of orbital
dipole moment to orbital angular moment and the magnetic flux density. It is given by fL = B
e/2m, where is the charge of electron and m is the mass of the electron. On substituting, we get
fL = 12.34 x 10-10 x 1.6 x 10-19/(2 x 9.1 x 10-31) = 108.36 units.
180
8. The Bohr magneton is given by
a) eh/2m
b) eh/2πm
c) eh/4m
d) eh/4πm
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In atomic physics, the Bohr magneton (symbol μB) is a physical constant and the
natural unit for expressing the magnetic moment of an electron caused by either its orbital or spin
angular momentum. It is given by eh/4πm, where h is the Planck’s constant, e is the charge of the
electron and m is the mass of the electron.
9. Find the magnetization of the field which has a magnetic moment 16 units in a volume of 1.2
units.
a) 16.67
b) 13.33
c) 15.56
d) 18.87
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetization is the ratio of the magnetic moment to the volume. Thus M =
m/v, where m = 16 and v = 1.2. We get M = 16/1.2 = 13.33 units.
10. Which of the following is true regarding magnetic lines of force?

a) Real
b) Imaginary
c) Does not exist
d) Parallel to field
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Magnetic Lines of Force is a an imaginary line representing the direction of
magnetic field such that the tangent at any point is the direction of the field vector at that point.
181
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Materials”.
1. The presence of parallel alignment of magnetic dipole moment is given by which materials?
a) Diamagnetic
b) Ferromagnetic
c) Paramagnetic
d) Ferromagnetic
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The ferromagnetic materials are characterized by parallel alignment of magnetic
dipole moments. Their susceptibility is very large.
2. The magnetic materials follow which law?

a) Faraday’s law
b) Ampere law
c) Lenz law
d) Curie Weiss law
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Generally, the ferromagnetic, paramagnetic and diamagnetic materials follow the
Curie Weiss law, which relates the magnetization and the applied field.
3. Find the internal field when the applied field is 12 units, molecular field constant is 0.1 units
and the magnetization is 74 units.
a) 86
b) 62
c) 752
d) 19.4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From Curie law, the internal field of a magnetic material is given by H = Ho + χ M,
182
where χ is the molecular field constant. Put χ = 0.1, M = 74 and Ho = 12, we get H = 12 +
(0.1)74 = 19.4 units.
4. In which materials the magnetic anisotropy is followed?

a) Diamagnetic
b) Paramagnetic
c) Ferromagnetic
d) Ferromagnetic
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In materials like iron, the magnetic properties depend on the direction in which they
are measured. This is magnetic anisotropy. The material iron is a ferromagnetic material type.
5. Piezoelectric effect is analogous to which phenomenon?

a) Electrostriction
b) Magnetostriction
c) Anisotropy
d) Magnetization
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The piezoelectric effect is the mechanical strain caused on a material like quartz
when subjected to an electric field. The same is observed in a ferromagnetic material called
magnetostriction.
6. The converse of magnetostriction is called the

a) Magnetization
b) Magnetic anisotropy
c) Villari effect
d) Curie effect
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: When a strain is applied, the change in magnetic field is observed. This is the
converse of the magnetostriction phenomenon and is called Villari effect.
7. The materials having very small susceptibility at all temperatures are

a) Antiferromagnetic
b) Diamagnetic
c) Ferromagnetic
183
d) Paramagnetic
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In antiferromagnetic materials, the susceptibility will decrease with increase in
temperature. They have relatively small susceptibility at all temperatures.
8. Find the susceptibility when the curie constant is 0.2 and the difference in critical temperature
and paramagnetic curie temperature is 0.01.
a) 2
b) 20
c) 0.02
d) 200
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The susceptibility in magnetic materials is given by χm = C/(T-θ), where C is the
curie constant, T is the critical temperature and θ is the paramagnetic curie temperature. Put C =
0.2 and T-θ = 0.01, thus we get susceptibility as 0.2/0.01 = 20.
9. The susceptibility is independent of temperature in which material?

a) Paramagnetic
b) Ferromagnetic
c) Diamagnetic
d) Ferromagnetic
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In the diamagnetic materials, the susceptibility is very small and negative. Thus the
susceptibility will be independent of the temperature. The atoms of solids having closed shells
and metals like gold have this property.
10. In ferromagnetic materials the susceptibility is infinity. State True/False

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The ferromagnetic materials are iron, nickel, cobalt which are highly attracted by
magnetic field. Thus their susceptibility is also very high and nearing infinity. Also
ferrimagnetics have infinite susceptibility.
184
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetization”.
1. Find the Lorentz force due to a conductor of length 2m carrying a current of 1.5A and
magnetic flux density of 12 units.
a) 24
b) 36
c) 32
d) 45
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Lorentz is given by the product of the current, differential length and the
magnetic flux density. Put B = 12, I = 1.5 and L = 2, thus we get F = BIL = 12 x 1.5 x 2 = 36
units.
2. Calculate the flux density due to a circular conductor of radius 100nm and current 5A in air.
a) 10
b) 100
c) 0.1
d) 1
View Answer
185
Answer: a
Explanation: The field intensity of this conductor is I/2πR and since B = μH, the flux density will
be B = μI/2πR. Put I = 5 and R = 100 x 10-9, thus we get B = 4π x 10-7x 5/(2π x 100 x 10-9) = 10
units.
3. The torque expression of a current carrying conductor is

a) T = BIA cos θ
b) T = BA cos θ
c) T = BIA sin θ
d) T = BA sin θ
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The torque is given by the product of the flux density, magnetic moment IA and the
sine angle of the conductor held by the field. This gives T = BIA sin θ.
4. Find the current in a dipole with a moment of 16 units and area of 9 units.
a) 1.78
b) 2.78
c) 1.87
d) 2.34
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The dipole moment is given by M = IA. To get I, put M = 16 and A = 9, we get I =
M/A = 16/9 = 1.78 units.
5. The expression for magnetization is given by(I-current, A-area, V-volume)

a) M = IAV
b) M = IA/V
c) M = V/IA
d) M = 1/IAV
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetization is defined as the magnetic moment per unit volume and the
magnetic moment is IA. Thus M = IA/V is the expression.
6. Find the permeability of a medium whose susceptibility is 100.

a) -100
b) 99
c) -99
186
d) 101
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The susceptibility is given by χm = μr-1. To get permeability, μr = χm + 1 = 100 + 1
= 101 units.
7. Calculate the magnetization of a material with susceptibility of 50 and field intensity of 0.25
units.
a) 12.5
b) 25
c) 75
d) 37.5
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetization is the product of the susceptibility and the field intensity given
by M = χmH. Put χm = 50 and H = 0.25, then M = 50 x 0.25 = 12.5 units.
8. Very small and positive susceptibility is found in

a) Ferromagnetic
b) Diamagnetic
c) Paramagnetic
d) Antiferromagnetic
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Paramagnetic materials are characterized by a small and positive susceptibility. The
susceptibility and the temperature are directly related.
9. Which of the following materials is ferrimagnetic?

a) Fe
b) Sn
c) Fe2O3
d) FeCl
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Fe is iron and a ferromagnetic material. Sn and FeCl are not magnetic materials.
The oxides of iron like ferric oxide Fe2O3 is said to be a ferrimagnetic material.
187
10. Identify the diamagnetic material.
a) Silicon
b) Germanium
c) Silver
d) Cobalt
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The diamagnetic materials are characterised by very small or negative
susceptibility. Also the susceptibility is independent of the temperature. The material having
these properties is germanium from the given options. Metals like gold and atoms with closed
shells are also diamagnetic.
online test focuses on “Magnetic Boundary Conditions”.
1. Find the correct relation between current density and magnetization.

a) J = Grad(M)
b) J = Div(M)
c) J = Curl(M)
d) M = Curl(J)
View Answer
188
Answer: c
Explanation: The curl of the magnetization gives the magnetic field intensity theoretically. From
Maxwell equation, we can correlate that with the current density (Ampere law)
2. The tangential component of the magnetic field intensity is continuous at the boundary of
separation of two media. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For two medium of separation, the tangential component of the magnetic field
intensity will be continuous. This is analogous to the fact that the tangential component of the
electric field intensity is continuous at the boundary.
3. In air, the tangential component of flux density is continuous at the boundary. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Since the tangential component of the magnetic field intensity will be continuous
and B = μH, in air, the tangential component of the flux density will also be continuous.
4. The flux density of medium 1 has a normal component of 2.4 units, then the normal
component of the flux density in the medium 2 will be
a) 1.2
b) 4.8
c) 2.4
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Unlike the electric fields, the magnetic flux density has normal component same in
both the mediums. This gives Bn1 = Bn2.
5. The normal component of magnetic field intensity at the boundary of separation of the
medium will be
a) Same
b) Different
c) Negative
189
d) Inverse
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The normal component and tangential components of the magnetic flux density will
be same. This holds good for any medium.
6. The line integral of the magnetic field intensity is the

a) Current density
b) Current
c) Magnetic flux density
d) Magnetic moment
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The line integral of the magnetic field intensity is given by ∫H.dl. This is same as
the current component. From this relation, the Ampere law can be deduced.
7. Find the magnetization of the material with susceptibility of 6 units and magnetic field
intensity of 13 units.
a) 2.16
b) 6.2
c) 78
d) 1.3
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnetization is the product of the susceptibility and the magnetic field
intensity. Thus M = 6 x 13 = 78 units.
8. Find the ratio of permeability of the two media when the wave is incident on the boundary at
45 degree and reflected by the boundary at 60 degree.
a) 1:1
b) √3:1
c) 1:√3
d) 1:√2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From the magnetic boundary conditions, the ratio of permeability μ1/μ2 = tan
θ1/tan θ2 and θ1 = 45, θ2 = 60. Thus we get μ1/μ2 = 1/√3. The ratio will be 1:√3.
190
9. Find the magnetic moment of a material with magnetization 5 units in a volume of 35 units.
a) 7
b) 1/7
c) 15
d) 175
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnetization is the ratio of the magnetic moment and the volume. To get
moment, put M = 5 and V = 35, thus moment will be 5 x 35 = 175 units.
10. A boundary of separation between two magnetic materials is identified by which factor?
a) Change in the permeability
b) Change in permittivity
c) Change in magnetization
d) Conduction
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Two materials are differentiated by their permeability in case of magnetic and
permittivity in case of electric. Thus at the boundary of separation, change in permeability is
identified for magnetic materials.
191
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Inductance”.
1. Calculate the emf of a coil with turns 100 and flux rate 5 units.
a) 20
b) -20
c) 500
d) -500
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The emf is the product of the turns of the coil and the flux rate. Thus e = -N dφ/dt,
where the negative sign indicates that the emf induced is opposing the flux. Thus e = -100 x 5 = -
500 units.
2. The equivalent inductances of two coils 2H and 5H in series aiding flux with mutual
inductance of 3H is
a) 10
b) 30
c) 1
d) 13
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The equivalent inductance of two coils in series is given by L = L1 + L2 + 2M,
where L1 and L2 are the self inductances and M is the mutual inductance. Thus L = 2 + 5 + 2(3)
= 13H.
3. The expression for the inductance in terms of turns, flux and current is given by
a) L = N dφ/di
b) L = -N dφ/di
c) L = Niφ
d) L = Nφ/i
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that e = -N dφ/dt and also e = -L di/dt. On equating both we get, L =
Ndφ/di is the expression for inductance.
4. The equivalent inductance of two coils with series opposing flux having inductances 7H and
2H with a mutual inductance of 1H.
a) 10
b) 7
192
c) 11
d) 13
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The equivalent inductance of two coils in series with opposing flux is L = L1 + L2
– 2M, where L1 and L2 are the self inductances and M is the mutual inductance. Thus L = 7 + 2
– 2(1) = 7H.
5. A coil is said to be loosely coupled with which of the following conditions?

a) K>1
b) K<1
c) K>0.5
d) K<0.5
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: k is the coefficient of coupling. It lies between 0 and 1. For loosely coupled coil,
the coefficient of coupling will be very less. Thus the condition K<0.5 is true.
6. With unity coupling, the mutual inductance will be

a) L1 x L2
b) L1/L2
c) √(L1 x L2)
d) L2/L1
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The expression for mutual inductance is given by M = k √(L1 x L2), where k is the
coefficient of coupling. For unity coupling, k = 1, then M = √(L1 x L2).
7. The inductance is proportional to the ratio of flux to current. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The expression is given by L = Ndφ/di. It can be seen that L is proportional to the
ratio of flux to current. Thus the statement is true.
8. Calculate the mutual inductance of two tightly coupled coils with inductances 49H and 9H.
a) 21
193
b) 58
c) 40
d) 49/9
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For tightly coupled coils, the coefficient of coupling is unity. Then the mutual
inductance will be M = √(L1 x L2)= √(49 x 9) = 21 units.
9. Find the inductance of a coil with turns 50, flux 3 units and a current of 0.5A
a) 150
b) 300
c) 450
d) 75
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The self inductance of a coil is given by L = Nφ/I, where N = 50, φ = 3 and I = 0.5.
Thus L = 50 x 3/0.5 = 300 units.
10. The inductance of a coaxial cable with inner radius a and outer radius b, from a distance d, is
given by
a) L = μd ln(b/a)/2π
b) L = 2π μd ln(b/a)
c) L = πd/ln(b/a)
d) L = 0
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The inductance of a coaxial cable with inner radius a and outer radius b, from a
distance d, is a standard formula derived from the definition of the inductance. This is given by L
= μd ln(b/a)/2π.
194
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Magnetic Energy and Circuits”.
1. The magnetic energy of a magnetic material is given by

a) BH/2
b) B/2H
c) H/2B
d) B/H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic energy of a material is given by half of the product of the magnetic
flux density and the magnetic field intensity. It is represented as BH/2. Since B = μH, we can
also write as μH2 or B2/2μ.
2. The induced emf in a material opposes the flux producing it. This is
a) Faraday law
b) Ampere law
c) Lenz law
d) Curie law
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The induced emf in a material under the influence of a magnetic field will oppose
the flux that produces it. This is indicated by a negative sign in the emf equation. This
phenomenon is called Lenz law.
195
3. The energy in a magnetic material is due to which process?
a) Emf
b) Magnetization
c) Magnetostriction
d) Polarization
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The energy in a magnetic material is due to the formation of magnetic dipoles
which are held together due to magnetic force. This gives energy to the material. Hence it is due
to magnetization process.
4. The flux lines of two energised coils overlapping on each other will give
a) Series aiding
b) Shunt aiding
c) Series opposing
d) Shunt opposing
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Flux lines are the magnetic lines of force of a magnetic material. Since the flux is
overlapping, the total flux of the two coils together will be high. Thus it is an aiding flux. Also
this type of overlapping is possible only when the two coils are back to back or in series
connection.
5. The resistance in a magnetic material is called as

a) Capacitance
b) Inductance
c) Reluctance
d) Magnetic resistance
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The reluctance of a magnetic material is the ability of the material to oppose the
magnetic flux. It is the ratio of the magnetic motive force mmf to the flux.
6. Calculate the reluctance of the material with a mmf of 3.5 units and flux of 7units.
a) 32.5
b) 10.5
c) 0.5
d) 2
View Answer
196
Answer: c
Explanation: The reluctance is defined as the ratio of the mmf and the flux. It is given by S =
mmf/φ. On substituting mmf = 3.5 and φ = 7, we get S = 3.5/7 = 0.5 units.
7. Which of the following relations is correct?

a) NI = Sφ
b) NS = Iφ
c) Nφ = SI
d) NI = S/φ
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The reluctance is also defined by the ratio of the current element to the flux. In
other words, mmf = NI. Thus S = NI/φ. We get the relation NI = Sφ.
8. Calculate the reluctance of a material with length 2π x 10-4 in air with area 0.5.
a) 1
b) 10
c) 100
d) 1000
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The reluctance is given by S = L/μ A, where L is the length, A is the area and μ is
the permeability. On substituting L = 2π x 10-4, A = 0.5 and μ = 4π x 10-7, we get S = 103/(2×0.5)
= 1000 units.
9. Ampere turn is equivalent to which element?

a) Sφ
b) S/φ
c) φ/S
d) S
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Ampere turn refers to the current element, which is the product of the turns and the
current. It is given by NI. From the definition of reluctance, S = NI/φ. Thus NI = Sφ is the best
equivalent.
10. The line integral of the magnetic field intensity is given by

a) Turns
b) Flux density
197
c) MMF
d) Current element
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The line integral of H is given by ∫H. dl. From Ampere law it can be related to the
current density and hence the current element NI for a coil of N turns. Thus, ∫H. dl = NI.
9. Questions & Answers on Maxwell Equations
The section contains questions on maxwell law 1, 2, 3, 4 and also maxwell law in time static
fields as well as time varying fields.
Maxwell Law 1
Maxwell Law in Time Static Fields
Maxwell Law 2
Maxwell Law in Time Varying Fields
Maxwell Law 3
Loss Tangent
Maxwell Law 4
198
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Maxwell Law 1”.
1. The first Maxwell law is based on which law?

a) Ampere law
b) Faraday law
c) Lenz law
d) Faraday and Lenz law
View Answer
199
Answer: d
Explanation: The first Maxwell equation states that Curl(E) = -dB/dt. It is based on the emf
concept. Thus it is derived from the Faraday and Lenz law.
2. The benefit of Maxwell equation is that

a) Any parameter can be calculated
b) Antenna can be designed
c) Polarisation of the wave can be calculated
d) Transmission line constants can be found
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Maxwell equation relates the parameters E, D, H, B. When one parameter is
known the other parameters can be easily calculated. In other words, it is used to relate an
electric field parameter with its equivalent magnetic field.
3. The correct sequence to find H, when D is given is

a) D-E-B-H
b) D-B-E-H
c) It cannot be computed from the data given
d) D-H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: There is no direct relation between D and H, so the option D-H is not possible.
Using the formula D = εE, the parameter E can be computed from D. By Maxwell equation,
Curl(E) = -dB/dt, the parameter B can be calculated. Using the formula B = μH, the parameter H
can be calculated. Thus the sequence is D-E-B-H.
4. The curl of the electric field intensity is

a) Conservative
b) Rotational
c) Divergent
d) Static
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The curl of electric field intensity is Curl(E). From Maxwell law, the curl of E is a
non-zero value. Thus E will be rotational.
5. Which of the following identities is always zero for static fields?

a) Grad(Curl V)
200
b) Curl(Div V)
c) Div(Grad V)
d) Curl(Grad V)
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The curl of gradient of a vector is always zero. This is because the gradient of V is
E and the curl of E is zero for static fields.
6. Find the Maxwell first law value for the electric field intensity is given by A sin wt az
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) A
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The value of Maxwell first equation is Curl(E). The curl of E is zero. Thus for the
given field, the value of Maxwell equation is zero. Thus the field is irrotational.
7. Find the electric field applied on a system with electrons having a velocity 5m/s subjected to a
magnetic flux of 3.6 units.
a) 15
b) 18
c) 1.38
d) 0.72
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric field intensity is the product of the velocity and the magnetic flux
density. Thus E = v x B, on substituting v = 5 and B = 3.6, we get E = 5 x 3.6 = 18 units.
8. Which of the following relations holds good?

a) Bq = ILE
b) E = ILBq
c) Eq = ILB
d) B = ILEq
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The force of a electrostatic field in given by F = Eq. The force on a conductor is
201
given by F = BIL. In the case when a charge exists on a conductor, both the forces can be
equated. Thus Eq = BIL is true.
9. When the Maxwell equation is expressed in frequency domain, then which substitution is
possible?
a) d/dt = w/j
b) d/dt = j/w
c) d/dt = jw
d) Expression in frequency domain is not possible
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The conversion of time to frequency domain in Maxwell equation is given by the
Fourier Transform. Differentiation in time gives jw in frequency domain. Thus d/dt = jw in
frequency domain.
10. Calculate the emf of a material having a flux linkage of 2t2 at time t = 1second.
a) 2
b) 4
c) 8
d) 16
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The emf of a material is given by Vemf = -dλ/dt. On substituting λ = 2t2, the emf is
4t. At t = 1 sec, the emf will be 4 units.
11. Calculate the emf of a material having flux density 5sin t in an area of 0.5 units.
a) 2.5 sin t
b) -2.5 cos t
c) -5 sin t
d) 5 cos t
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The emf can be written as Vemf = -d(∫B.ds)/dt. It can be written as Vemf = -B= -
5sin t, since the integration and differentiation gets cancelled.
12. To find D from B, sequence followed will be

a) B-E-D
b) B-H-D
c) E-H-D
202
d) E-B-D
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Using Maxwell equation, from B we can calculate E by Curl(E) = -dB /dt. From E,
D can be calculated by D = εE. Thus the sequence is B->E->D.
203
1. Maxwell second equation is based on which law?

a) Ampere law
b) Faraday law
c) Lenz law
d) Coulomb law
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The second Maxwell equation is based on Ampere law. It states that the field
intensity of a system is same as the current enclosed by it, i.e, Curl(H) = J.
2. The Maxwell second equation that is valid in any conductor is

a) Curl(H) = Jc
b) Curl(E) = Jc
c) Curl(E) = Jd
d) Curl(H) = Jd
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For conductors, the conductivity parameter σ is significant and only the conduction
current density exists. Thus the component J = Jc and Curl(H) = Jc.
3. In dielectric medium, the Maxwell second equation becomes

a) Curl(H) = Jd
b) Curl(H) = Jc
c) Curl(E) = Jd
d) Curl(E) = Jd
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In dielectric medium conductivity σ will be zero. So the current density has only
the displacement current density. Thus the Maxwell equation will be Curl(H) = Jd.
204
4. Find the displacement current density of a material with flux density of 5sin t
a) 2.5cos t
b) 2.5sin t
c) 5cos t
d) 5sin t
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The displacement current density is the derivative of the flux density. Thus Jd =
dD/dt. Put D = 5sin t in the equation, we get Jd = 5cos t units.
5. Find the conduction current density of a material with conductivity 200units and electric field
1.5 units.
a) 150
b) 30
c) 400/3
d) 300
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The conduction current density is given by Jc = σE, where σ = 200 and E = 1.5.
Thus we get, Jc = 200 x 1.5 = 300 units.
6. Calculate the conduction density of a material with resistivity of 0.02 units and electric
intensity of 12 units.
a) 300
b) 600
c) 50
d) 120
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The conduction density is given by Jc = σE, where σ is the inverse of resistivity and
it is 1/0.02 = 50. Thus we get, Jc = 50 x 12 = 600 units.
7. In the conversion of line integral of H into surface integral, which theorem is used?
a) Green theorem
b) Gauss theorem
c) Stokes theorem
d) It cannot be converted
View Answer
205
Answer: c
Explanation: To convert line integral to surface integral, i.e, in this case from line integral of H to
surface integral of J, we use the Stokes theorem. Thus the Maxwell second equation can be
written as ∫H.dl = ∫∫J.ds.
8. An implication of the continuity equation of conductors is given by

a) J = σ E
b) J = E/σ
c) J = σ/E
d) J = jwEσ
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The continuity equation indicates the current density in conductors. This is the
product of the conductivity of the conductor and the electric field subjected to it. Thus J = σE is
the implication of the continuity equation for conductors.
9. Find the equation of displacement current density in frequency domain.

a) Jd = jwεE
b) Jd = jwεH
c) Jd = wεE/j
d) Jd = jεE/w
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The displacement current density is Jd = dD/dt. Since D = εE and in frequency
domain d/dt = jw, thus we get Jd = jwεE.
10. The total current density is given as 0.5i + j – 1.5k units. Find the curl of the magnetic field
intensity.
a) 0.5i – 0.5j + 0.5k
b) 0.5i + j -1.5k
c) i – j + k
d) i + j – k
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: By Maxwell second equation, the curl of H is same as the sum of conduction
current density and displacement current density. Thus Curl(H) = J = 0.5i + j – 1.5k units.
11. At dc field, the displacement current density will be

a) 0
206
b) 1
c) Jc
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The DC field refers to zero frequency. The conduction current is independent of the
frequency, whereas the displacement current density is dependent on the frequency, i.e, Jd =
jwεE. Thus at DC field, the displacement current density will be zero.
12. Both the conduction and displacement current densities coexist in which medium?
a) Only conductors in air
b) Only dielectrics in air
c) Conductors placed in any dielectric medium
d) Both the densities can never coexist
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Conduction density exists only for good conductors and displacement density is for
dielectrics in any medium at high frequency. Thus both coexist when a conductor is placed in a
dielectric medium.
207
1. The charge density of a electrostatic field is given by

a) Curl of E
b) Divergence of E
c) Curl of D
d) Divergence of D
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From the Gauss law for electric field, the volume charge density is the divergence
of the electric flux density of the field. Thus Div(D) = ρv.
2. In the medium of free space, the divergence of the electric flux density will be
a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
208
Answer: b
Explanation: In free space or air, the charge density will be zero. In other words, the conduction
is possible in mere air medium. By gauss law, since the charge density is same as the divergence
of D, the Div(D) in air/free space will be zero.
3. In a medium other than air, the electric flux density will be

a) Solenoidal
b) Curl free
c) Irrotational
d) Divergent
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In any medium other than the air, the conduction is possible, due to the charge
carriers. Thus charge density is also non-zero. We can write from Gauss law that Div(D) is non-
zero. When the divergence is said to be non-zero, the field is not solenoidal or called as divergent
field.
4. For a solenoidal field, the surface integral of D will be,

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For a solenoidal field, the divergence will be zero. By divergence theorem, the
surface integral of D and the volume integral of Div(D) is same. So as the Div(D) is zero for a
solenoidal field, the surface integral of D is also zero.
5. In a dipole, the Gauss theorem value will be

a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Gauss theorem for an electric field is given by Div(D)= ρ. In a dipole only
static charge exists and the divergence will be zero. Thus the Gauss theorem value for the dipole
will be zero.
209
6. Find the electric flux density of a material whose charge density is given by 12 units in a
volume region of 0.5 units.
a) 12
b) 24
c) 6
d) 48
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: By Gauss law, Div(D) = ρv. To get D, integrate the charge density given. Thus D =
∫ρv dv, where ρv = 12 and ∫dv = 0.5. We get, D = 12 x 0.5 = 6 units.
7. From the Gauss law for electric field, we can compute which of the following parameters?
a) B
b) H
c) E
d) A
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From the Gauss law for electric field, we can find the electric flux density directly.
On substituting, D= ε E, the electric field intensity can be calculated.
8. The charge density of a system with the position vector as electric flux density is
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The divergence of the electric flux density is the charge density. For a position
vector xi + yj + zk, the divergence will be 1 + 1 + 1 = 3. Thus by Gauss law, the charge density
is also 3.
9. The sequence for finding E when charge density is given is

a) E-D-ρv
b) E-B-ρv
c) E-H-ρv
d) E-V-ρv
View Answer
210
Answer: a
Explanation: From the given charge density ρv, we can compute the electric flux density by
Gauss law. Since, D = εE, the electric field intensity can also be computed. Thus the sequence is
E-D-ρv.
10. The Gauss law employs which theorem for the calculation of charge density?
a) Green theorem
b) Stokes theorem
c) Gauss theorem
d) Maxwell equation
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Gauss divergence theorem is given by ∫ D.ds = ∫Div(D).dv. From the theorem
value, we can compute the charge density. Thus Gauss law employs the Gauss divergence
theorem.
1. Which quantity is solenoidal in the electromagnetic theory?

b) Electric flux density
c) Magnetic field intensity
211
d) Magnetic flux density
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The divergence of the magnetic flux density is zero. This is the Maxwell fourth
equation. As the divergence is zero, the quantity will be solenoidal or divergent less.
2. Which equation will be true, if the medium is considered to be air?

a) Curl(H) = 0
b) Div(H) = 0
c) Grad(H) = 0
d) Div(H) = 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From the Gauss law for magnetic field, the divergence of the magnetic flux density
is zero. Also B = μH. Thus divergence of H is also zero, i.e, Div(H) = 0 is true.
3. Find the sequence to find B when E is given.

a) E-D-H-B
b) B-E-D
c) H-B-E-D
d) V-E-B
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: From E, D can be computed as D = εE. Using the Ampere law, H can be computed
from D. Finally, B can be calculated from H by B = μH.
4. The Gauss law for magnetic field is valid in

a) Air
b) Conductor
c) Dielectric
d) All cases
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The Gauss law for magnetic field states that the divergence of B is always zero.
This is valid for all cases like free space, dielectric medium etc.
5. The sequence for finding H from E is

a) E-B-H
212
b) E-V-H
c) E-D-H
d) E-A-H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: From E, we can compute B using the Maxwell first law. Using B, the parameter H
can be found since B = μH. Thus the sequence is E-B-H is true.
6. The reason for non existence of magnetic monopoles is

a) The magnetic field cannot be split
b) Due to permeability
c) Due to magnetization
d) Due to magnetostriction
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Practically monopoles do not exist, due to the connection between north and south
poles. But theoretically, they exist. The reason for their non- existence practically is that, the
magnetic field confined to two poles cannot be split or confined to a single pole.
7. The non existence of the magnetic monopole is due to which operation?

a) Gradient
b) Divergence
c) Curl
d) Laplacian
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Maxwell fourth law or the Gauss law for magnetic field states that the
divergence of B is zero, implies the non existence of magnetic monopoles. Thus the operation
involved is divergence.
8. Will dielectric breakdown lead to formation of magnetic monopole?

a) Yes
b) No
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When dielectric breakdown occurs, the material loses its dielectric property and
becomes a conductor. When it is subjected to a magnetic field, north and south flux lines
coexists, giving magnetic force. Thus there exists magnetic dipole. Suppose if the conductor is
213
broken into very small pieces, still there exist a magnetic dipole in every broken part. In other
words, when a piece is broken into half, there cannot exist a north pole in one half and a south
pole in the other. Thus monopoles never exist.
9. Which equation will hold good for a magnetic material?

a) Line integral of H is zero
b) Surface integral of H is zero
c) Line integral of B is zero
d) Surface integral of B is zero
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: We know that the divergence of B is zero. From Stokes theorem, the surface
integral of B is equal to the volume integral of divergence of B. Thus surface integral of B is also
zero.
10. The dipole formation in a magnet is due to

a) Interaction between the north and south poles together
b) Interaction between the north pole with the air
c) Interaction between the south pole with the air
d) Interaction of north and south pole separately with air
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In any magnetic material or magnet, the dipoles exist. This is due to the magnetic
lines of force joining the north to south poles. The interaction between these two poles together
leads to dipole formation.
214
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Maxwell Law in Time Static
Fields”.
1. Calculate the emf in a material with flux linkage of 3.5t2 at 2 seconds.

a) 3.5
b) -7
c) -14
d) 28
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The emf induced in a material with flux linkage is given by Vemf = -dλ/dt. On
substituting λ= 3.5t2, we get emf = -7t. At time t = 2sec, the emf will be -14 units.
2. Find the emf induced in a coil of 60 turns with a flux rate of 3 units.
a) -60
b) -180
c) 60
d) 180
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The emf induced is the product of the turns and the flux rate. Thus Vemf = -Ndφ/dt.
On substituting N = 60 and dφ/dt = 3, we get emf as -60 x 3 = -180 units.
3. Find the electric field intensity of a charge 2.5C with a force of 3N.
a) -7.5
b) 7.5
c) 2.5/3
d) 3/2.5
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The electric field intensity is the electric force per unit charge. It is given by E =
F/q. On substituting F = 2.5 and q = 3, we get E = 3/2.5 units.
215
4. The electric field intensity of a field with velocity 10m/s and flux density of 2.8 units is
a) 0.28
b) 28
c) 280
d) 10/2.8
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The electric field is the product of the velocity and the magnetic flux density given
by E = v x B. On substituting v = 10 and B = 2.8, we get E = 10 x 2.8 = 28 units.
5. The line integral of the electric field intensity is

a) Mmf
b) Emf
c) Electric potential
d) Magnetic potential
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From the Maxwell first law, the transformer emf is given by the line integral of the
electric field intensity. Thus the emf is given by ∫ E.dl.
6. Which of the following relations is correct?

a) MMF = ∫ B.dl
b) MMF = ∫ H.dl
c) EMF = ∫ E.dl
d) EMF = ∫ D.dl
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The emf induced in a material is given by the line integral of the electric field
intensity. Thus EMF = ∫ E.dl is the correct relation.
7. For static fields, the curl of E will be

a) Rotational
b) Irrotational
c) Solenoidal
d) Divergent
View Answer
216
Answer: b
Explanation: For static fields, the charges will be constant and the field is constant. Thus curl of
the electric field intensity will be zero. This implies the field is irrotational.
8. The line integral of which parameter is zero for static fields?

a) E
b) H
c) D
d) B
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The field is irrotational for static fields. Thus curl of E is zero. From Stokes
theorem, the line integral of E is same as the surface integral of the curl of E. Since it is zero, the
line integral of E will also be zero.
9. The magnitude of the conduction current density for a magnetic field intensity of a vector yi +
zj + xk will be
a) 1.414
b) 1.732
c) -1.414
d) -1.732
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From the Ampere circuital law, the curl of H is the conduction current density. The
curl of H = yi + zj + xk is –i – j – k. Thus conduction current density is –i – j – k. The magnitude
will be √(1 + 1 + 1) = √3 = 1.732 units.
10. The charge density of a field with a position vector as electric flux density is given by
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The Gauss law for electric field states that the divergence of the electric flux
density is the charge density. Thus Div(D) = ρ. For D as a position vector, the divergence of the
position vector D will be always 3. Thus the charge density is also 3.
217
online quiz focuses on “Maxwell Law in Time Varying Fields”.
1. Find the curl of E when B is given as 15t.

a) 15
b) -15
c) 7.5
d) -7.5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From Maxwell first law, we get Curl of E as the negative derivative of B with
respect to time. Thus Curl(E) = -dB/dt. On substituting B= 15t and differentiating, Curl(E) = -15
units.
2. The charge build up in a capacitor is due to

a) Conduction current density
b) Displacement current density
c) Polarisation
d) Magnetization
View Answer
218
Answer: b
Explanation: The capacitor consists of a dielectric placed between two conducting plates,
subjected to a field. The current due to a dielectric is always due to the displacement current
density.
3. The surface integral of which parameter is zero?

a) E
b) D
c) B
d) H
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The divergence of the magnetic flux density is always zero. By Stokes theorem, the
surface integral of B is same as the volume integral of the divergence of B. Thus the surface
integral of B is also zero.
4. Harmonic electromagnetic fields refer to fields varying sinusoidally with respect to time. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Fields that varying sinusoidally with respect to time are called as harmonic fields.
An example for harmonic fields is A sin wt.
5. When electric potential is null, then the electric field intensity will be
a) 0
b) 1
c) dA/dt
d) –dA/dt
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The electric field intensity is given by E = -Grad(V)- dA/dt, where V is the electric
potential and A is the magnetic vector potential. When V is zero, then E = -dA/dt.
6. The gradient of the magnetic vector potential can be expressed as

a) –με dV/dt
b) +με dE/dt
c) –με dA/dt
219
d) +με dB/dt
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The gradient of A is the ratio of the negative gradient of electric potential to the
speed of light c. We can write c = 1/√(με). Thus grad(A) = -με dV/dt is the required expression.
7. Find the time constant of a capacitor with capacitance of 2 microfarad having an internal
resistance of 4 megaohm.
a) 2
b) 0.5
c) 8
d) 0.25
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The time constant of capacitor is given by T = RC, where R = 4×106 and C = 2×10-
6
. Thus T = 4×106 x2x10-6 = 8 seconds.
8. Which components exist in an electromagnetic wave?

a) Only E
b) Only H
c) Both E and H
d) Neither E or H
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In an electromagnetic wave, the electric and magnetic components coexist. They
propagate perpendicular to each other and to the direction of propagation in space.
9. The propagation of the electromagnetic waves can be illustrated by

a) Faraday law
b) Ampere law
c) Flemming rule
d) Coulomb law
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: By Flemming’s rule, when the thumb and the middle finger represent the inputs
(say current and field respectively), then the fore finger represents the output (force, in this case).
The EM propagation can be illustrated by this rule.
220
10. Which one of the following laws will not contribute to the Maxwell’s equations?
a) Gauss law
b) Faraday law
c) Ampere law
d) Curie Weiss law
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The Gauss law, Faraday law and the Ampere law are directly used to find the
parameters E, H, D, B. Thus it contributes to the Maxwell equations. The Curie Weiss law
pertains to the property of any magnetic material. Thus it is not related to the Maxwell equation.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Loss Tangent”.
1. The loss tangent refers to the

a) Power due to propagation in conductor to that in dielectric
b) Power loss
c) Current loss
d) Charge loss
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The loss tangent is the tangent angle formed by the plot of conduction current
221
density vs displacement current density. It is the ratio of Jc by Jd. It represents the loss of power
due to propagation in a dielectric, when compared to that in a conductor.
2. Calculate the conduction current density when the resistivity of a material with an electric
field of 5 units is 4.5 units.
a) 22.5
b) 4.5/5
c) 5/4.5
d) 9.5
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The conduction current density is the product of the conductivity and the electric
field. The resistivity is the reciprocal of the conductivity. Thus the required formula is Jc = σ E =
E/ρ = 5/4.5 units.
3. At high frequencies, which parameter is significant?

c) Attenuation constant
d) Phase constant
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The conduction current occurs in metals and is independent of the frequency. The
attenuation and phase constant highly depend on the varying frequency. The displacement
current occurs due to dielectrics and is significant only at very high frequencies.
4. Find the loss tangent of a material with conduction current density of 5 units and displacement
current density of 10 units.
a) 2
b) 0.5
c) 5
d) 10
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The loss tangent is the ratio of Jc by Jd. On substituting for Jc = 5 and Jd = 10, the
loss tangent, tan δ = 5/10 = 0.5. It is to be noted that it is tangent angle, so that the maxima and
minima lies between 1 and -1 respectively.
222
5. The loss tangent is also referred to as
a) Attenuation
b) Propagation
c) Dissipation factor
d) Polarization
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The loss tangent is the measure of the loss of power due to propagation in a
dielectric, when compared to that in a conductor. Hence it is also referred to as dissipation factor.
6. The loss tangent of a wave propagation with an intrinsic angle of 20 degree is

a) Tan 20
b) Tan 40
c) Tan 60
d) Tan 80
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The angle of the loss tangent δ is twice the intrinsic angle θn. Thus tan δ = tan 2θn
= tan 2(20) = tan 40.
7. The expression for the loss tangent is given by

a) σ/ωε
b) ωε/σ
c) σ/ω
d) ω/ε
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The conduction current density is Jc = σ E and the displacement current density is
Jd = jωεE. Its magnitude will be ωεE. Thus the loss tangent tan δ = Jc /Jd = σ/ωε is the required
expression.
8. Find the loss angle in degrees when the loss tangent is 1.

a) 0
b) 30
c) 45
d) 90
View Answer
223
Answer: c
Explanation: The loss tangent is tan δ, where δ is the loss angle. Given that loss tangent tan δ = 1.
Thus we get δ = tan-1(1) = 450.
9. The complex permittivity is given by 2-j. Find the loss tangent.

a) 1/2
b) -1/2
c) 2
d) -2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The loss tangent for a given complex permittivity of ε = ε’ – jε’’ is given by tan δ =
ε’’/ ε’. Thus the loss tangent is 1/2.
10. The intrinsic angle of the wave with a loss angle of 60 is

a) 120
b) 60
c) 90
d) 30
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The angle of the loss tangent δ is twice the intrinsic angle θn. Thus tan δ = tan 2θn.
We get θn = δ/2 = 60/2 = 30 degrees.
224
10. Questions on EM Wave Propagation
The section contains questions and answers on types of polarization, plane waves in free space,
dielectrics as well as good conductor, brewster angle and snell law.
Lossy and Lossless Dielectrics

Refractive Index and Numerical Aperture
Dielectric vs Conductor Wave Propagation
Brewster Angle
Plane Waves in Free Space
Snell Law and Critical Angle
Plane Waves in Good Conductor
Types of Polarization
Plane Waves in Dielectrics
S and P Polarised Waves
Power and Poynting Vector
225
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Lossy and Lossless Dielectrics”.
1. For a dielectric, the condition to be satisfied is

a) σ/ωε > 1
b) σ/ωε < 1
c) σ = ωε
d) ωε = 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In a dielectric, the conductivity will be very less. Thus the loss tangent will be less
than unity. This implies σ/ωε < 1 is true.
2. For a perfect dielectric, which parameter will be zero?

a) Conductivity
b) Frequency
c) Permittivity
d) Permeability
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The conductivity will be minimum for a dielectric. For a perfect dielectric, the
conductivity will be zero.
3. Calculate the phase constant of a wave with frequency 12 rad/s and velocity 3×108 m/s(in 10-8
order)
a) 0.5
b) 72
c) 4
d) 36
View Answer
226
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase constant is given by β = ω√(με), where ω is the frequency in rad/s and
1/√(με) is the velocity of wave. On substituting √(με) = 3×108 and ω = 12, we get β = 12/(3×108)
= 4 x 10-8m/s.
4. For a lossless dielectric, the attenuation will be

a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The attenuation is the loss of power of the wave during its propagation. In a lossless
dielectric, the loss of power will not occur. Thus the attenuation will be zero.
5. Calculate the velocity of a wave with frequency 2 x109 rad/s and phase constant of 4 x 108
units.
a) 0.5
b) 5
c) 0.2
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The velocity of a wave is the ratio of the frequency to the phase constant. Thus V =
ω/β. On substituting the given values, we get V = 2 x109/ 4 x 108 = 5 units.
6. Which of the following is the correct relation between wavelength and the phase constant of a
wave?
a) Phase constant = 2π/wavelength
b) Phase constant = 2π x wavelength
c) Phase constant = 1/(2π x wavelength)
d) Phase constant = wavelength/2π
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The phase constant is the ratio of 2π to the wavelength λ. Thus β = 2π/λ is the
correct relation.
7. In lossy dielectric, the phase difference between the electric field E and the magnetic field H is
a) 90
227
b) 60
c) 45
d) 0
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In a lossy dielectric, the E and H component will be in phase. This implies that the
phase difference between E and H will be 0.
8. The intrinsic impedance is the ratio of square root of

a) Permittivity to permeability
b) Permeability to permittivity
c) Phase constant to wavelength
d) Wavelength to phase constant
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance is the impedance of a particular material. It is the ratio of
square root of the permeability to permittivity. For air, the intrinsic impedance is 377 ohm or
120π.
9. Calculate the skin depth of a material with attenuation constant of 2 units.

a) 2
b) 1
c) 0.5
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The skin depth of a material is the reciprocal of the attenuation constant. Thus δ =
1/α. On substituting for α = 2, we get δ = ½ = 0.5 units.
10. Calculate the phase constant of a wave with skin depth of 2.5 units.
a) 5/2
b) 5
c) 2
d) 2/5
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The skin depth is the reciprocal of the phase constant and the attenuation constant
too. Thus δ = 1/β. On substituting for δ = 2.5, we get β = 1/δ = 1/2.5 = 2/5 units.
228
11. An example for lossless propagation is
a) Dielectric waveguide propagation
b) Conductor propagation
c) Cavity resonator propagation
d) It is not possible
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: There are many techniques employed to achieve zero attenuation or maximum
propagation. But it is not achievable practically. Thus lossless propagation is not possible
practically.
12. Skin depth phenomenon is found in which materials?

a) Insulators
b) Dielectrics
c) Conductors
d) Semiconductors
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Skin depth is found in pure conductors. It the property of the conductor to allow a
small amount of electromagnetic energy into its skin, but not completely. This is the reason why
EM waves cannot travel inside a good conductor.
229
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Dielectric and Conductor Wave
Propagation”.
1. In conductors, which condition will be true?

a) σ/ωε > 1
b) σωε > 1
c) σ/ωε < 1
d) σωε < 1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For conductors, the conductivity will be maximum. Thus the loss tangent is greater
than unity. This is given by σ/ωε >1.
2. For metals, the conductivity will be

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
230
Answer: d
Explanation: Metals are pure conductors. Examples are iron, copper etc. Their conductivity will
be very high. Thus the metal conductivity will be infinity. Practically the conductivity of
conductors will be maximum.
3. In conductors, which two parameters are same?

a) Wavelength and phase constant
b) Phase and attenuation constant
c) Attenuation constant and skin depth
d) Skin depth and wavelength
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In conductors, which are considered to be lossy, the attenuation and the phase
constant are the same. It is given by α=β= √(ωμσ/2).
4. Calculate the velocity of wave propagation in a conductor with frequency 5 x 108 rad/s and
phase constant of 3 x 108 units.
a) 3/5
b) 15
c) 5/3
d) 8
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The velocity of wave propagation is the ratio of the frequency to the phase constant.
It is given by V = ω/β. On substituting the given values, we get V = 5/3 units.
5. Calculate the wavelength of the wave with phase constant of 3.14 units.
a) 1
b) 2
c) 0.5
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The wavelength is the ratio of 2π to the phase constant β. On substituting for β =
3.14, we get λ = 2π/β = 2π/3.14 = 2 units.
6. For dielectrics, which two components will be in phase?

a) E and wave direction
b) H and wave direction
231
c) Wave direction and E x H
d) E and H
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In dielectrics, the electric and magnetic components E and H will be in phase with
each other. This is due the variation in the permittivities and the permeabilities of the dielectric
surfaces. The phase difference between E and H will be 0.
7. In perfect conductors, the phase shift between the electric field and magnetic field will be
a) 0
b) 30
c) 45
d) 90
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: For perfect conductors, the electric and magnetic field E and H respectively vary by
a phase of 45 degree. This is due to the polarisation phenomenon in the conductors, unlike
dielectrics.
8. The expression for phase constant is given by

a) Phase constant β = ωμε
b) Phase constant ω = με
c) Phase constant β = ω√(με)
d) Phase constant β = 1/ωμε
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase constant is represented as β. It is a complex quantity representing the
constant angle of the wave propagated. It is given by β = ω√(με).
9. In waveguides, which of the following conditions will be true?

a) V > c
b) V < c
c) V = c
d) V >> c
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In waveguides, the phase velocity will always be greater than the speed of light.
This enables the wave to propagate through the waveguide. Thus V > c is the required condition.
232
10. The attenuation constant in lossless dielectrics will be
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In lossless dielectrics, the attenuation constant will not be same as the phase
constant, unlike conductors. Also, due to the lossless behaviour, the attenuation will be nearly
zero. Practically, zero attenuation is not possible.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Plane Waves in Free Space”.
1. In free space, the charge carriers will be

a) 0
b) 1
c) 100
d) Infinity
View Answer
233
Answer: a
Explanation: Free space is not a conductor. Thus the charge carrier in free space is assumed to be
zero. But the free space consists of particles or ions that get ionized during conduction.
2. In free space, which parameter will be unity?

a) Permittivity
b) Absolute permittivity
c) Relative permittivity
d) Permeability
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The relative permittivity is a constant for a particular material. It is unity for free
space or air. The absolute permittivity is a constant given by 8.854 x 10-12 C/m2.
3. Which parameter is unity in air medium?

a) Permittivity
b) Absolute permeability
c) Relative permeability
d) Permeability
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In free space or air medium, the relative permeability is also unity, like relative
permittivity. The absolute permeability is given by 4π x 10-7 units.
4. The conductivity in free space medium is

a) Infinity
b) Unity
c) Zero
d) Negative
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: As the charge carriers are not available in free space, the conductivity will be very
low. For ideal cases, the conductivity can be taken as zero.
5. Zero permeability/permittivity implies which state?

a) No ions are allowed in the medium
b) No current is generated in the medium
c) No magnetic or electric energy is permitted in the medium
234
d) No resistivity
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The zero permittivity in an electric field refers to the ability of the field/medium to
permit electric charges in it. Similarly, zero permeability in a magnetic field refers to the ability
of the field/medium to permit the magnetic energy into the field.
6. The intrinsic impedance of free space is

a) 489
b) 265
c) 192
d) 377
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance is the square root of ratio of the permeability to the
permittivity. In free space, the permeability and the permittivity is same as the absolute
permeability and permittivity respectively. This is due to unity permeability and permittivity in
free space. Thus η = √(μ/ε), where absolute permeability is given by 4π x 10-7 and absolute
permittivity is given by 8.854 x 10-12. The intrinsic impedance will be 377 ohms.
7. In free space, the condition that holds good is

a) Minimum attenuation and propagation
b) Minimum attenuation and maximum propagation
c) Maximum attenuation and minimum propagation
d) Maximum attenuation and propagation
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The free space does not have any barrier for attenuation. Thus it enables minimum
attenuation and maximum propagation. This technique is employed in line of sight
communication.
8. In free space, the ratio of frequency to the velocity of light gives the phase constant. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The phase constant is given by the ratio of the frequency in radian/sec to the
235
velocity of the wave propagating. In free space, the velocity is considered to be the velocity of
light. Thus the statement is true.
9. The velocity of a wave travelling in the air medium without transmission lines or
waveguides(wireless) is
a) 6 x 108
b) 3 x 108
c) 1.5 x 108
d) 9 x 108
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In free space or air medium, the velocity of the wave propagating will be same as
that of the light. Thus the velocity is the speed of light, V = c. It is given by 3 x 108m/s.
10. The vectors of the electromagnetic wave propagation can be expressed in

a) Dot product
b) Cross product
c) Unit vector
d) Perpendicular vector
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In an EM wave, the electric and the magnetic fields will be perpendicular to each
other and with the direction of the propagation. Thus it can be expressed in cross product where
iE x iH = iw. Here iE is the electric vector component, iH is the magnetic vector component and
iw is the vector of the wave propagating
236
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Planes Waves in Good Conductor”.
1. For conductors, the loss tangent will be

a) Zero
b) Unity
c) Maximum
d) Minimum
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In conductors, the conductivity will be more. Thus the loss tangent σ/ωε will be
maximum.
2. In metals, the total permittivity is

a) Absolute permittivity
b) Relative permittivity
c) Product of absolute and relative permittivity
d) Unity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The total permittivity is the product of the absolute and the relative permittivity.
For metals or conductors, the relative permittivity is unity. Thus the permittivity is simply the
absolute permittivity.
3. The total permeability in a conductor is

a) Absolute permeability
b) Relative permeability
c) Product of absolute and relative permeability
d) Unity
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The total permeability is the product of the absolute and the relative permeability.
237
For metals or conductors, the relative permittivity is not unity. Thus the permittivity is the
product of absolute and relative permeability.
4. Calculate the phase constant of a conductor with attenuation constant given by 0.04 units.
a) 0.02
b) 0.08
c) 0.0016
d) 0.04
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The phase constant and the attenuation constant are both the same in the case of
conductors. Given that the attenuation constant is 0.04, implies that the phase constant is also
0.04.
5. Calculate the attenuation constant of a conductor of conductivity 200 units, frequency 1M

radian/s in air.
a) 11.2
b) 1.12
c) 56.23
d) 5.62
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The attenuation constant of a conductor is given by α = √(ωμσ/2). On substituting ω
= 106, σ = 200 and μ = 4π x 10-7, we get α = 11.2 units.
6. The skin depth of a conductor with attenuation constant of 7 neper/m is

a) 14
b) 49
c) 7
d) 1/7
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The skin depth is the measure of the depth upto which an EM wave can penetrate
through the conductor surface. It is the reciprocal of the attenuation constant. On substituting for
α = 7, we get δ = 1/α = 1/7 units.
7. The expression for velocity of a wave in the conductor is

a) V = √(2ω/μσ)
b) V = √(2ωμσ)
238
c) V = (2ω/μσ)
d) V = (2ωμσ)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The velocity is the ratio of the frequency to the phase constant. In conductors, the
phase constant is given by √(ωμσ/2). On substituting for β,ω in v, we get v = √(2ω/μσ) units.
8. In conductors, the E and H vary by a phase difference of

a) 0
b) 30
c) 45
d) 60
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The electric and magnetic component, E and H respectively have a phase difference
of 45 degrees. This is due to the wave propagation in conductors in the air medium.
9. EM waves do not travel inside metals. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The conductors or metals do not support EM wave propagation onto them due the
skin effect. This is the reason why mobile phones cannot be used inside lifts.
10. The propagation constant of the wave in a conductor with air as medium is
a) √(ωμσ)
b) ωμσ
c) √(ω/μσ)
d) ω/μσ
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The propagation constant is the sum of the attenuation constant and the phase
constant. In conductors, the attenuation and phase constant both are same and it is given by
√(ωμσ/2). Their sum will be √(ωμσ), is the propagation constant.
11. An example for electromagnetic wave propagation is

a) refrigerator
239
b) electric fan
c) mobile transponder
d) relays in actuators
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The refrigerator, electric fan and relays are electrical devices. They do not use
electromagnetic energy as medium of energy transfer. The mobile transponder is an antenna,
which uses the EM waves for communication with the satellites.
12. The phase shift in the electric and magnetic fields in an EM wave is given by which
parameter?
a) phase constant
b) attenuation constant
c) propagation constant
d) intrinsic impedance
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance in a conductor is given by η = √(ωμ/2σ) x (1+j). The phase
shift is represented by the 1+j term. In polar form it indicates 45 degree phase shift.
240
Question Bank focuses on “Plane Waves in Dielectrics”.
1. The loss tangent of a perfect dielectric will be

a) Zero
b) Unity
c) Maximum
d) Minimum
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Dielectrics have poor conductivity. The loss tangent σ/ωε will be low in dielectrics.
For perfect dielectrics, the loss tangent will be minimum.
2. In pure dielectrics, the parameter that is zero is

a) Attenuation
b) Propagation
c) Conductivity
d) Resistivity
View Answer
241
Answer: c
Explanation: There are no free charge carriers available in a dielectric. In other words, the charge
carriers are present in the valence band, which is very difficult to start to conduct. Thus
conduction is low in dielectrics. For pure dielectrics, the conductivity is assumed to be zero.
3. The total permittivity of a dielectric transformer oil (relative permittivity is 2.2) will be (in
order 10-11)
a) 1.94
b) 19.4
c) 0.194
d) 194
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The total permittivity is the product of the absolute and the relative permittivity.
The absolute permittivity is 8.854 x 10-12 and the relative permittivity(in this case for transformer
oil) is 2.2. Thus the total permittivity is 8.854 x 10-12 x 2.2 = 1.94 x 10-11 units.
4. The permeability of a dielectric material in air medium will be

a) Absolute permeability
b) Relative permeability
c) Product of absolute and relative permeability
d) Unity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The total permeability is the product of the absolute and the relative permeability.
In air medium, the relative permeability will be unity. Thus the total permeability is equal to the
absolute permeability given by 4π x 10-7 units.
5. The attenuation in a good dielectric will be non- zero. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Good dielectrics attenuate the electromagnetic waves than any other material. Thus
the attenuation constant of the dielectric will be non-zero, positive and large.
6. Calculate the phase constant of a dielectric with frequency 6 x 106 in air.

a) 2
b) 0.2
242
c) 0.02
d) 0.002
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase constant of a dielectric is given by β = ω√(με). On substituting for ω = 6
x 106 , μ = 4π x 10-7, ε = 8.854 x 10-12 in air medium, we get the phase constant as 0.02 units.
7. The frequency in rad/sec of a wave with velocity of that of light and phase constant of 20 units
is (in GHz)
a) 6
b) 60
c) 600
d) 0.6
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The velocity of a wave is given by V = ω/β. To get ω, put v = 3 x 108 and β = 20.
Thus ω = vβ = 3 x 108 x 20 = 60 x 108 = 6 GHz.
8. The relation between the speed of light, permeability and permittivity is

a) C = 1/√(με)
b) C = με
c) C = μ/ε
d) C = 1/με
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The standard relation between speed of light, permeability and permittivity is given
by c = 1/√(με). The value in air medium is 3 x 108 m/s.
9. The phase constant of a wave with wavelength 2 units is

a) 6.28
b) 3.14
c) 0.5
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The phase constant is given by β = 2π/λ. On substituting λ = 2 units, we get β =
2π/2 = π = 3.14 units.
243
10.The expression for intrinsic impedance is given by
a) √(με)
b) (με)
c) √(μ/ε)
d) (μ/ε)
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance is given by the ratio of square root of the permittivity to
the permeability. Thus η = √(μ/ε) is the intrinsic impedance. In free space or air medium, the
intrinsic impedance will be 120π or 377 ohms.
11.The electric and magnetic field components in the electromagnetic wave propagation are in
phase. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In dielectrics, the electric and magnetic fields will be in phase or the phase
difference between them is zero. This is due to the large attenuation which leads to increase in
phase shift.
12. The skin depth of a wave with phase constant of 12 units inside a conductor is
a) 12
b) 1/12
c) 24
d) 1/24
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The skin depth is the reciprocal of the phase constant. On substituting for β = 12,
we get δ = 1/β = 1/12 units.
244
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Power, Power Loss and Return
Loss”.
1. The power of the electromagnetic wave with electric and magnetic field intensities given by
12 and 15 respectively is
a) 180
b) 90
245
c) 45
d) 120
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Poynting vector gives the power of an EM wave. Thus P = EH/2. On
substituting for E = 12 and H = 15, we get P = 12 x 15/2 = 90 units.
2. The power of a wave of with voltage of 140V and a characteristic impedance of 50 ohm is
a) 1.96
b) 19.6
c) 196
d) 19600
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The power of a wave is given by P = V2/2Zo, where V is the generator voltage and
Zo is the characteristic impedance. on substituting the given data, we get P = 1402/(2×50) = 196
units.
3. The power reflected by a wave with incident power of 16 units is(Given that the reflection
coefficient is 0.5)
a) 2
b) 8
c) 6
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The fraction of the reflected to the incident power is given by the reflection
coefficient. Thus Pref = R2xPinc. On substituting the given data, we get Pref = 0.52 x 16 = 4
units.
4. The power transmitted by a wave with incident power of 16 units is(Given that the reflection
coefficient is 0.5)
a) 12
b) 8
c) 16
d) 4
View Answer
246
Answer: a
Explanation: The fraction of the transmitted to the incident power is given by the reflection
coefficient. Thus Pref = (1-R2) Pinc. On substituting the given data, we get Pref = (1- 0.52) x 16
= 12 units. In other words, it is the remaining power after reflection.
5. The incident and the reflected voltage are given by 15 and 5 respectively. The transmission
coefficient is
a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) 1
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The ratio of the reflected to the incident voltage is the reflection coefficient. It is
given by R = 5/15 = 1/3. To get the transmission coefficient, T = 1 – R = 1 – 1/3 = 2/3.
6. The current reflection coefficient is given by -0.75. Find the voltage reflection coefficient.
a) -0.75
b) 0.25
c) -0.25
d) 0.75
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The voltage reflection coefficient is the negative of the current reflection
coefficient. For a current reflection coefficient of -0.75, the voltage reflection coefficient will be
0.75.
7. The attenuation is given by 20 units. Find the power loss in decibels.

a) 13.01
b) 26.02
c) 52.04
d) 104.08
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The attenuation refers to the power loss. Thus the power loss is given by 20 units.
The power loss in dB will be 10 log 20 = 13.01 decibel.
8. The reflection coefficient is 0.5. Find the return loss.

a) 12.12
247
b) -12.12
c) 6.02
d) -6.02
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The return loss is given by RL = -20log R, where is the reflection coefficient. It is
given as 0.5. Thus the return loss will be RL = -20 log 0.5 = 6.02 decibel.
9. The radiation resistance of an antenna having a power of 120 units and antenna current of 5A
is
a) 4.8
b) 9.6
c) 3.6
d) 1.8
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The power of an antenna is given by Prad = Ia2 Rrad, where Ia is the antenna
current and Rrad is the radiation resistance. On substituting the given data, we get Rrad =
Prad/Ia2 = 120/52 = 4.8 ohm.
10. The transmission coefficient is given by 0.65. Find the return loss of the wave.
a) 9.11
b) 1.99
c) 1.19
d) 9.91
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is the reverse of the reflection coefficient, i.e, T + R =
1. When T = 0.65, we get R = 0.35. Thus the return loss RL = -20log R = -20log 0.35 = 9.11
decibel.
11. The return loss is given as 12 decibel. Calculate the reflection coefficient.
a) 0.35
b) 0.55
c) 0.25
d) 0.75
View Answer
248
Answer: c
Explanation: The return loss is given by RL = -20log R. The reflection coefficient can be
calculated as R = 10(-RL/20), by anti logarithm property. For the given return loss RL = 12, we get
R = 10(-12/20) = 0.25.
12. Find the transmission coefficient of a wave, when the return loss is 6 decibel.
a) 0.498
b) 0.501
c) 0.35
d) 0.65
View Answer
Answer: a
calculated as R = 10(-RL/20), by anti logarithm property. For the given return loss RL = 6, we get R
= 10(-6/20) = 0.501. The transmission coefficient will be T = 1 –
R = 1-0.501 = 0.498.
249
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Refractive Index and Numerical
Aperture”.
1. The expression for refractive index is given by

a) N = v/c
b) N = c/v
c) N = cv
d) N = 1/cv
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The refractive index is defined as the ratio of the velocity of light in a vacuum to its
velocity in a specified medium. It is given by n = c/v. It is constant for a particular material.
2. Numerical aperture is expressed as the

a) NA = sin θa
b) NA = cos θa
c) NA = tan θa
d) NA = sec θa
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The numerical aperture is the measure of how much light the fiber can collect. It is
the sine of the acceptance angle, the angle at which the light must be transmitted in order to get
maximum reflection. Thus it is given by NA = sin θa.
3. For total internal reflection to occur, which condition must be satisfied?

a) N1 = N2
b) N1 > N2
c) N1 < N2
d) N1 x N2=1
View Answer
250
Answer: b
Explanation: The refractive of the transmitting medium should be greater than that of the
receiving medium. In other words, the light must flow from denser to rarer medium, for total
internal reflection to occur.
4. Find the refractive index of a medium having a velocity of 1.5 x 108.

a) 0.5
b) 5
c) 0.2
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The refractive index is given by the ratio of the speed of light to the velocity in a
particular medium. It is given by n = c/v. On substituting for v = 1.5 x 108 and c = 3 x 108, we
get n = 3/1.5 = 2. The quantity has no unit.
5. The refractive index of water will be

a) 1
b) 2.66
c) 5
d) 1.33
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The velocity of light in water as medium will be 2.25 x 108. On substituting for the
speed of light, we get refractive index as n = 3/2.25 = 1.33(no unit).
6. The refractive index of air is unity. State True/False.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The velocity of light in the air medium and the speed of light are both the same.
Since light travels at maximum velocity in air only. Thus the refractive index n = c/v will be
unity.
7. The numerical aperture of a coaxial cable with core and cladding indices given by 2.33 and 1.4
respectively is
a) 3.73
b) 0.83
251
c) 3.46
d) 1.86
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The numerical aperture is given by NA = √(n12 – n22), where n1 and n2 are the
refractive indices of core and cladding respectively. On substituting for n1 = 2.33 and n2 = 1.4,
we get NA = √(2.332-1.42) = 1.86.
8. Find the acceptance angle of a material which has a numerical aperture of 0.707 in air.
a) 30
b) 60
c) 45
d) 90
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The numerical aperture is given by NA = n sin θa, where n is the refractive index. It
is unity in air. Thus NA = sin θa. To get θ= sin-1(NA), put NA = 0.707, thus θa = sin-1(0.707) =
45 degree.
9. The numerical aperture of a material with acceptance angle of 60 degree in water will be
a) 1.15
b) 2.15
c) 5.21
d) 1.52
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The numerical aperture is given by NA = n sin θa, where n is the refractive index. It
is 1.33 for water medium. Given that the acceptance angle is 60, we get NA = 1.33 sin 60 = 1.15.
10. The core refractive index should be lesser than the cladding refractive index for a coaxial
cable. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The light should pass through the core region only, for effective transmission.
When light passes through cladding, losses will occur, as cladding is meant for protection. Thus
core refractive index must be greater than the cladding refractive index.
252
11. The refractive index is 2.33 and the critical angle is 350. Find the numerical aperture.
a) 2
b) 1.9
c) 2.33
d) 12
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The numerical aperture is given by NA = n cos θc, where θc is the critical angle and
n is the refractive index. On substituting for n = 2.33 and θc = 35, we get NA = 2.33 cos 35 =
1.9(no unit).
12. Choose the optical fibre material from the given materials.
a) Glass
b) Plastic
c) Silica
d) Quartz
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Silica is the most dominant optical fibre material. This is because of its hardness,
flexibility, melting point. Also it is an easily available material.
253
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Brewster Angle”.
1. Brewster angle is valid for which type of polarisation?

a) Perpendicular
b) Parallel
c) S polarised
d) P polarised
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The parallel polarisation of the electromagnetic waves is possible only when the
transmission occurs at the Brewster angle.
2. The Brewster angle is expressed as

a) Tan-1(n)
b) Tan-1(n1/n2)
c) Tan-1(n2/n1)
254
d) Tan (n)
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The tangent of the Brewster angle is the ratio of the refractive indices of the second
medium to that of the first medium. It is given by tan θb= n2/n1. Thus the Brewster angle will be
θb = tan-1(n2/n1).
3. The refractive index of a material with permittivity 16 is given by

a) 16
b) 256
c) 4
d) 8
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The refractive index is the square root of the permittivity. Thus n = √ε. Given that ε
= 16, we get refractive index as n = 4. It has no unit.
4. The reflection coefficient in the wave propagation when it is transmitted with the Brewster
angle is
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Brewster angle propagation refers to complete transmission. The wave transmitted
at the Brewster angle will be completely transmitted without reflection. Thus the reflection
coefficient will be zero.
5. The transmission coefficient of a wave propagating in the Brewster angle is

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is the reverse of the reflection coefficient. At Brewster
255
angle, the reflection will be zero. Thus the transmission is T = 1-R. Since R = 0, T = 1. It is to be
noted that T and R lies in the range of 0 to 1.
6. A circularly polarised wave transmitted at the Brewster angle will be received as linearly
polarised wave. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Brewster angle is said to be the polarisation angle. When a circularly polarised
wave is incident at the Brewster angle, the resultant wave will be linearly polarised.
7. An elliptically polarised wave transmitted at the Brewster angle will be received as an

elliptically polarised wave. State True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Any polarised wave transmitted at the Brewster angle will be linearly polarised. It
can be a parallel, perpendicular, circular or elliptical polarisation. The resultant wave is always
linearly polarised. This is the reason why the Brewster angle is called polarisation angle.
8. Find the Brewster angle of a wave transmitted from a medium of permittivity 4 to a medium
of permittivity 2.
a) 35.26
b) 53.62
c) 26.35
d) 62.53
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Brewster angle is given by θb = tan-1(n2/n1), where n = √ε. Thus we can
express the formula in terms of permittivity as θb = tan-1√ (ε 2/ε 1). Here ε1 = 4 and ε2 = 2. Thus
we get θb = tan-1√ (2/4) =
tan-1(0.707) = 35.26 degree.
9. Find the ratio of refractive index of medium 2 to that of medium 1, when the Brewster angle is
60 degree.
a) 0.707
b) 1.5
256
c) 0.866
d) 1.732
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The tangent of the Brewster angle is the ratio of the medium 2 permittivity to the
medium 1 permittivity. Thus tan θb = (n2/n1). Given that θb = 60 degree, the ratio n2/n1 will be
tan 60 = 1.732.
10. The Brewster angle is the angle of

a) Incidence
b) Reflection
c) Refraction
d) Transmission
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Brewster angle is the angle of incidence at which complete transmission of the
electromagnetic wave occurs.
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Snell Law and Critical Angle”.
257
1. The Snell’s law can be derived from which type of incidence?
a) Incidence angle
b) Reflected angle
c) Refracted angle
d) Oblique incidence
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The oblique incidence refers to the interface between dielectric media. Consider a
planar interface between two dielectric media. A plane wave is incident at an angle from medium
1 and reflected from medium 2. The interface plane defines the boundary between the media.
This is the oblique medium.
2. The Snell’s law is given by

a) N1 sin θi = N2 sin θt
b) N2 sin θi = N1 sin θt
c) sin θi = sin θt
d) N1 cos θi = N2 cos θt
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Snell law states that in an oblique medium, the product of the refractive index
and sine of incidence angle in medium 1 is same as that of medium 2. Thus it is given by N1 sin
θi = N2 sin θt.
3. Calculate the ratio of sine of incident angle to the sine of reflected angle when the refractive
indices of medium 1 and 2 are given as 2.33 and 1.66 respectively.
a) 0.71
b) 1.4
c) 2
d) 3.99
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Snell law is given by N1 sin θi = N2 sin θt. To get sin θi/sin θt, the ratio is
N2/N1. On substituting for N1 = 2.33 and N2 = 1.66, we get 1.66/2.33 = 0.71.
4. Find the ratio of the refractive index of medium 1 to that of medium 2, when the incident and
reflected angles are given by 300 and 450 respectively.
a) 0.5
b) 1
c) 2
258
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Snell law is given by N1 sin θi = N2 sin θt. For getting N1/N2, the ratio is sin
θt/sin θi. On substituting for θi = 30 and θt = 45, we get sin 45/sin 30 = 2.
5. The refractive index of a medium with permittivity of 2 and permeability of 3 is given by

a) 3.56
b) 2.45
c) 3.21
d) 1.78
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The refractive index is given by n = c √(με), where c is the speed of light. Given
that relative permittivity and relative permeability are 2 and 3 respectively. Thus n = 3 x 108 √(2
x 4π x 10-7 x 3 x 8.854 x 10-12) = 2.45.
6. The critical angle is defined as the angle of incidence at which the total internal reflection
starts to occur. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The critical angle is the minimum angle of incidence which is required for the total
internal reflection to occur. This is the angle that relates the refractive index with the angle of
reflection in an oblique incidence medium.
7. The critical angle for two media of refractive indices of medium 1 and 2 given by 2 and 1
respectively is
a) 0
b) 30
c) 45
d) 60
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The sine of the critical angle is the ratio of refractive index of medium 2 to that in
medium 1. Thus sin θc = n2/n1. To get θc, put n1 = 2 and n2 = 1. Thus we get θc = sin-1(n2/n1) =
sin-1(1/2) = 30 degree.
259
8. The critical angle for two media with permittivities of 16 and 9 respectively is
a) 48.59
b) 54.34
c) 60
d) 45
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The sine of the critical angle is the ratio of refractive index of medium 2 to that in
medium 1. Thus sin θc = n2/n1. Also n = √ε, thus sin θc = √ε2/√ε1. Put ε1 = 16 and ε2 = 9, we
get θc = sin-1(3/4) = 48.59 degree.
9. The angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection for perfect reflection. State
True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For complete wave reflection, the angle of incidence should be same as the angle of
the reflection. In such cases, the reflection coefficient is unity and the transmission coefficient is
zero.
10. The angle of incidence of a wave of a wave with angle of transmission 45 degree and the
refractive indices of the two media given by 2 and 1.3 is
a) 41.68
b) 61.86
c) 12.23
d) 27.89
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Snell law is given by N1 sin θi = N2 sin θt. To get θi, put N1 = 2, N2 = 1.3, θt
= 45 degree. Thus we get θi = sin-1(1.3 sin 45)/2 = 41.68 degree.
11. The angle at which the wave must be transmitted in air media if the angle of reflection is 45
degree is
a) 45
b) 30
c) 60
d) 90
View Answer
260
Answer: a
Explanation: In air media, n1 = n2 = 1. Thus, sin θi=sin θt and the angle of incidence and the
angle of reflection are same. Given that the reflection angle is 45, thus the angle of incidence is
also 45 degree.
12. For a critical angle of 60 degree and the refractive index of the first medium is 1.732, the
refractive index of the second medium is
a) 1
b) 1.5
c) 2
d) 1.66
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From the definition of Snell law, sin θc = n2/n1. To get n2, put n1 = 1.732 and θc =
60. Thus we get sin 60 = n2/1.732 and n2 = 1.5.
261
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Types of Polarization”.
1. When the phase angle between the Ex and Ey component is 00 or 1800, the polarisation is
a) Elliptical
b) Circular
c) Linear
d) Perpendicular
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase angle between the Ex and Ey component is 00 and 1800 for linearly
polarised wave. The wave is assumed to be propagating in the z direction.
2. The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are same in which type of polarisation?
a) Linear
b) Circular
c) Elliptical
d) Perpendicular
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In circular polarisation, the magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are the same.
This is a form of the elliptical polarisation in which the major and minor axis are the same.
3. When the Ex and Ey components of a wave are not same, the polarisation will be
a) Linear
b) Elliptical
262
c) Circular
d) Parallel
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In elliptical polarisation, the magnitude of Ex and Ey components are not same.
This is due to the variation in the major and minor axes of the waves representing its magnitude.
4. Identify the polarisation of the wave given, Ex = Exo cos wt and Ey = Eyo sin wt. The phase
difference is +900.
a) Left hand circularly polarised
b) Right hand circularly polarised
c) Left hand elliptically polarised
d) Right hand elliptically polarised
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are not same. Thus it is elliptical
polarisation. For +90 phase difference, the polarisation is left handed. In other words, the rotation
is in clockwise direction. Thus the polarisation is left hand elliptical.
5. Identify the polarisation of the wave given, Ex = 2 cos wt and Ey = sin wt. The phase
difference is -900.
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are not same. Thus it is elliptical
polarisation. For -90 phase difference, the polarisation is right handed. In other words, the
rotation is in anti-clockwise direction. Thus the polarisation is right hand elliptical.
6. Identify the polarisation of the wave given, Ex = 2 cos wt and Ey = 2 sin wt. The phase
difference is +900.
View Answer
263
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are the same. Thus it is circular
polarisation. For +90 phase difference, the polarisation is left handed. In other words, the rotation
is in clockwise direction. Thus the polarisation is left hand circular.
7. Identify the polarisation of the wave given, Ex = cos wt and Ey = sin wt. The phase difference
is -900.
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are the same. Thus it is circular
polarisation. For -90 phase difference, the polarisation is right handed. In other words, the
rotation is in anti-clockwise direction. Thus the polarisation is right hand circular.
8. For a non-zero Ex component and zero Ey component, the polarisation is

a) Parallel
b) Perpendicular
c) Elliptical
d) Circular
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: When the Ex is non-zero and the Ey is zero, the polarisation is parallel. The parallel
polarisation is classified under the linear polarisation type.
9. Identify the polarisation of the wave given that, Ex = 2 cos wt and Ey = cos wt.
a) Elliptical
b) Circular
c) Parallel
d) Linear
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are not the same. Thus it cannot be
circular polarisation. For a phase difference of 0, the polarisation is linear. In other words, the
waves are in phase. Thus the polarisation is linear.
264
10. The Snell law is applicable for perpendicular polarisation and the Brewster law is applicable
for parallel polarisation. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Snell law is calculated from the oblique incidence media. Thus it is applicable
for perpendicular polarisation. The Brewster law is applicable for perpendicular polarisation.
11. When the polarisation of the receiving antenna is unknown, to ensure that it receives atleast
half the power, the transmitted wave should be
a) Linearly polarised
b) Elliptically polarised
c) Circularly polarised
d) Normally polarised
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The polarisation of the transmitting and receiving antenna has to be the same. This
is the condition for maximum power transfer to occur. This is possible only when the
polarisation is circular.
12. Identify the polarisation of the wave given that, Ex = 2 sin wt and Ey = 3 sin wt.
a) Linear
b) Elliptical
c) Circular
d) Parallel
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnitude of the Ex and Ey components are not the same. Thus it cannot be
circular polarisation. For a phase difference of 0, the polarisation is linear. In other words, the
waves are in phase. Thus the polarisation is linear.
265
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “S and P Polarised Waves”.
1. The resultant electric field of a wave with Ex = 3 and Ey = 4 will be

a) 7
b) 1
c) 25
d) 5
View Answer
266
Answer: d
Explanation: The resultant electric field of two electric components Ex and Ey is E = √(Ex2 +
Ey2). On substituting for Ex = 3 and Ey = 4, we get E = 5 units.
2. In S polarisation, the electric field lies in the plane perpendicular to that of the interface. State
True/False
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In the EM wave propagation, the electric and magnetic fields are perpendicular to
each other. The S polarised wave is similar to the transverse magnetic (TM) wave, the electric
field lies in the plane perpendicular to that of the interface.
3. In P polarisation, the electric field lies in the same plane as the interface. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In the EM wave propagation, the electric and magnetic fields are perpendicular to
each other. The P polarised wave is similar to the transverse electric (TE) wave, the magnetic
field lies in the plane perpendicular to that of the interface or the electric field lies in the same
plane as the interface.
4. The group delay of a wave with phase constant 2.5 units and frequency of 1.2 radian/sec is
a) 3.7
b) 1.3
c) 3
d) 2.08
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The group delay is given by td = β/ω. On substituting for β = 2.5 and ω = 1.2, we
get the group delay as td = 2.5/1.2 = 2.08 units.
5. The Brewster angle is valid for which type of polarisation?

a) S polarised
b) P polarised
c) Elliptical
267
d) Linear
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Brewster angle is valid for perpendicular polarisation. The P polarised wave is
also a type of perpendicular polarisation. In P polarisation, the electric field lies in the plane of
the interface.
6. Find the reflection coefficient of a wave with an incident electric field of 5 units and reflected
electric field of 2 units.
a) 2.5
b) 0.4
c) 0.8
d) 1.2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The reflection coefficient is the ratio of the reflected electric field to the incident
electric field. Thus τ = Er/Ei. On substituting for Ei = 5 and Er = 2, we get τ = 2/5 = 0.4(no unit).
7. The transmission coefficient of a wave with incident and transmitted electric field of 5 and 5
respectively is
a) 0
b) 1
c) 10
d) 5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is the ratio of the transmitted electric field to the
incident electric field. Thus T = Et/Ei. On substituting for Et = 5 and Ei = 5, we get T = 5/5 =
1(no unit). Simply, when the incident and transmitted field are same, no reflection occurs and the
transmission is unity.
8. Find the relative permittivity of the medium having a refractive index of 1.6
a) 0.4
b) 2.56
c) 3.2
d) 4.8
View Answer
268
Answer: b
Explanation: The refractive index is the square root of the relative permittivity. It is given by n =
√εr. To get εr, put n = 1.6. We get εr = n2 = 1.62 = 2.56(no unit).
9. Calculate the transmission coefficient of a wave with a reflection coefficient of 0.6

a) 0.6
b) 1
c) 0
d) 0.4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is the reverse of the reflection coefficient. Thus T + τ
= 1. On substituting for τ = 0.6, we get T = 0.4. It has no unit.
10.The phase constant of a wave propagation with frequency of 35 radian/sec and time delay of
7.5 sec is
a) 4.66
b) 262.5
c) 46.6
d) 26.25
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The group delay expression is td = β/ω. To get β, put ω = 35 and td = 7.5. Thus we
get β = td x ω = 7.5 x 35 = 262.5 units.
269
11. Questions & Answers on Transmission Lines
The section contains questions on transmission line primary,secondary parameters with

equations, power and return loss,standing waves, reflection and transmission coefficients.
Transmission Line Primary Parameters

Intrinsic Impedance and Propagation Constant
Transmission Line Secondary Parameters
Skin Effect
Transmission Line Equations
Types of Transmission Lines
Input and Characteristic Impedances
Lossless and Distortionless Line
Reflection and Transmission Coefficients
Smith Chart
Standing Waves and SWR
Short and Open Circuit Lines
Power, Power Loss and Return Loss
270
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Transmission Line Primary
Parameters”.
1. Which of the following parameters is not a primary parameter?

a) Resistance
b) Attenuation constant
c) Capacitance
d) Conductance
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The primary parameters of a transmission line are the resistance, inductance,
capacitance and conductance. The attenuation, phase and propagation constant are secondary
parameters. Thus the odd one out is the attenuation constant.
2. The networks in which the R, L, C parameters are individually concentrated or lumped at

discrete points in the circuit are called
a) Lumped
b) Distributed
c) Parallel
d) Paired
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The networks in which the R, L, C parameters are individually concentrated or
lumped at discrete points in the circuit are called lumped networks. These networks can be
identified definitely as representing a particular parameter. An example is the filters.
3. The lines having R, L, C distributed along the circuit are called

a) Lumped
b) Distributed
271
c) Parallel
d) Paired
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In distributed lines, the primary parameters are distributed along the circuit with
each elemental length having its own values and the concentration of the individual parameters is
not possible. An example is the transmission of power.
4. Which primary parameter is uniformly distributed along the length of the conductor?
a) G
b) C
c) L
d) R
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The resistance is a primary parameter that is uniformly distributed along the length
of the conductor. It depends on the cross section area and the length of the conductor.
5. The primary parameter that is associated with the magnetic flux linkage is
a) R
b) L
c) C
d) G
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When the conductors carry current, the conductor will be surrounded and linked by
magnetic flux. The flux linkages per ampere of current gives rise to the effect of inductance. It is
denoted by L.
6. The primary parameter that is associated with the electric charges is

a) G
b) R
c) C
d) L
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Conductors separated by insulating dielectrics in order to store electric charges,
gives rise to the capacitance effect. The capacitance is distributed in the whole conductor length.
272
7. The leakage current in the transmission lines is referred to as the
a) Resistance
b) Radiation
c) Conductance
d) Polarisation
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The dielectrics or insulators of the open wire line may not be perfect and a leakage
current will flow. This leakage conductance exists between the conductors.
8. Find the receiving impedance of a transmission line having a voltage of 24V and a conduction
current of 1.2A is
a) 25.2
b) 22.8
c) 28.8
d) 20
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: By Ohm’s law, the impedance is the ratio of the voltage to the current. On
substituting for V = 24 and I = 1.2, we get Z = V/I = 24/1.2 = 20 units.
9. The characteristic impedance of a transmission line with impedance and admittance of 16 and
9 respectively is
a) 25
b) 1.33
c) 7
d) 0.75
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The characteristic impedance is given by Zo = √(Z/Y), where Z is the impedance
and Y is the admittance. On substituting for Z = 16 and Y = 9, we get the characteristic
impedance as √(16/9) = 1.33 units.
10. The propagation constant of a transmission line with impedance and admittance of 9 and 16
respectively is
a) 25
b) 144
c) 12
273
d) 7
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The propagation constant is given by γ = √(ZY), where Z is given by 9 and Y is 16.
On substituting the given values, the propagation constant will be γ = √(ZY) = √(9 x 16) = 12
units.
11. Find the characteristic impedance expression in terms of the inductance and capacitance
parameters.
a) Zo = √(LC)
b) Zo = LC
c) Zo = √(L/C)
d) Zo = L/C
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The characteristic impedance is given by the square root of the ratio of the
inductance to the capacitance. Thus Zo = √(L/C) is the required expression.
12. When a transmission line has a load impedance same as that of the characteristic impedance,
the line is said to be
a) Parallel
b) Perpendicular
c) Polarized
d) Matched
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: When a transmission line load impedance is same as that of the characteristic
impedance, the line is said to be matched. In such cases, full transmission of power will occur,
with minimal losses.
274
Questions and Answers for Entrance exams focuses on “Transmission Line Secondary
Parameters”.
1. The wavelength of a line with a phase constant of 6.28 units is

a) 2
b) 1
c) 0.5
d) 3.14
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The wavelength and the phase constant are related by λ = 2π/β, where β is given as
6.28. On substituting for β, we get λ = 2π/6.28 = 1 unit.
2. The wavelength of a wave with a frequency of 6 GHz in air is

a) 50
b) 5
c) 0.5
275
d) 0.05
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The wavelength is given by the ratio of the velocity to the frequency of the wave. In
air medium, the velocity can be assumed as the speed of light. On substituting for v and f, we get
λ = v/f = 3×108/6×109 = 0.05 units.
3. The phase constant of a wave with a wavelength of 2 units is given by

a) 2
b) 3.14
c) 6.28
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The phase constant is given by β = 2π/λ. On substituting for λ = 2, we get β = 2π/2
= 3.14 units.
4. The frequency of a wave travelling in a transmission line with velocity 4 x 108 and
wavelength 3 units is
a) 0.75 GHz
b) 0.133 GHz
c) 7.5 GHz
d) 1.33 GHz
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The frequency and wavelength relation is given by f = v/λ. On substituting for v
and λ, we get f = 4 x 108/3 = 0.133 GHz.
5. The velocity and phase constant relation is given by

a) V = ω/β
b) V = ωβ
c) V = β/ω
d) Vωβ = 1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The velocity of a wave is the ratio of the frequency in radian/second to the phase
constant. It is given by V = ω/β.
276
6. Find the phase constant of a wave travelling with a velocity of 1.2 x 108 and a frequency of
7.5 giga radian/sec
a) 62.5
b) 26.5
c) 56.2
d) 52.6
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The phase constant is given by β = ω/v, from the definition of phase constant and
velocity. On substituting for ω = 7.5 x 109 and v = 1.2 x 108, we get the phase constant β = 7.5 x
109/1.2 x 108 = 62.5 units.
7. The electrical length in a transmission line refers to the

a) Product of attenuation constant and length
b) Ratio of attenuation constant and length
c) Product of phase constant and length
d) Ratio of phase constant and length
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The electrical length in a transmission line refers to the product of the attenuation
constant α and the length of the line l. It is given by αl.
8. The unit of attenuation constant is

a) Decibel
b) Bel
c) Neper
d) No unit
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Attenuation constant is the measure of the power loss of the wave during its
transmission. It is expressed in terms of neper and 1 neper= 8.686 decibel/m.
9. The attenuation constant causes phase distortion and the phase constant causes frequency
distortion. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
277
Answer: b
Explanation: There are always some distortions, even in the perfect transmission line. This is due
to the variation of the secondary parameters. The attenuation constant causes the frequency
distortion, whereas the phase constant causes the phase distortion.
10. The propagation constant of a wave with attenuation and phase constant given by 2 and 3
respectively is
a) 2 – 3j
b) 3 – 2j
c) 2 + 3j
d) 3 + 2j
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The propagation constant is given by γ = α + jβ. Given that α = 2 and β = 3. Thus
we get the propagation constant as γ = 2 + 3j.
11. The velocity of wave in the air medium is

a) 1 x 108
b) 1.5 x 108
c) 3 x 108
d) 1 x 109
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The light is travelling at its fastest speed in air medium. Thus the velocity of a wave
in the air medium is assumed to have the speed of light. It is given by c = 3 x 108.
12. Identify the secondary parameter from the options given below.
a) Resistance
b) Conductance
c) Phase constant
d) Capacitance
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Primary parameters are directly observed from the circuit characteristics.
Secondary parameters are derived or calculated from the primary parameters. R, L, C, G are
primary parameters, whereas α, β, γ, Zo are secondary parameters.
278
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Transmission Line Equations”.
279
1. Which of the following parameters does not exist in the transmission line equation?
a) R
b) Zo
c) ZL
d) Propagation constant
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The transmission line equation consists of secondary parameters only, which are
derived from the primary parameters. The propagation constant, load impedance and the
characteristic impedance are related in the transmission line equation.
2. For an infinite transmission line, the characteristic impedance is given by 50 ohm. Find the
input impedance.
a) 25
b) 100
c) 2500
d) 50
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From the transmission line equation, the infinite line will have an input impedance
same as that of the characteristic impedance. Thus Zin = Zo for l->∞. This shows that the line
will be matched. The input impedance for the given case is 50 ohm.
3. The best transmission length for effective transmission of power is

a) L = λ/4
b) L = λ/8
c) L = λ/2
d) L = ∞
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Maximum transmission of power will occur, when the transmission line is matched.
This implies that the input and characteristic impedances are the same. This condition is possible
for l = λ/8 and l = ∞. Since l = ∞ is not feasible, the best option is l = λ/8.
4. When the length of the transmission line is same as that of the wavelength, then which
condition holds good?
a) Zin = Zo
b) Z = Zo
c) ZL = Zo
280
d) Zin = ZL
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: When the transmission line has a length same as that of the wavelength of the wave
propagating through it, the input impedance will be same as the load impedance. This is the case
where the wave is not amplified. The transmission line acts as a buffer.
5. The input impedance of a half wave transmission line with a load impedance of 12.5 ohm is
a) 25
b) 50
c) 6.25
d) 12.5
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: For a half wave transmission line L = λ/2, the input and the load impedances will be
the same. Thus for the given data, the input impedance will be 12.5 ohm.
6. The condition for a quarter wave transformer is

a) Zo2 = Zin ZL
b) Zo = Zin ZL
c) ZL2 = Zin Zo
d) Zo = Zin
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The quarter wave transformer represents L = λ/4. In this case, the characteristic
impedance is the geometric mean of the input and load impedances. Thus Zo2 = Zin ZL is the
required condition.
7. Find the characteristic impedance of a quarter wave with input and load impedances given by
50 and 25 respectively.
a) 50
b) 25
c) 75
d) 35.35
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: For a quarter line wave, the characteristic impedance is the geometric mean of input
281
and load impedances. Thus Zo2 = Zin ZL. On substituting for Zin = 50 and ZL = 25, we get Zo2
= 50 x 25. The characteristic impedance will be 35.35 ohm.
8. Find the load impedance in a quarter line transformer with characteristic impedance of 75 ohm
and input impedance of 200 ohm.
a) 28.125
b) 12.285
c) 52.185
d) 85.128
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For a quarter line wave, the characteristic impedance is the geometric mean of input
and load impedances. Thus Zo2 = Zin ZL. On substituting for Zo = 75 and Zin = 200, we get ZL
= Zo2/Zin = 752/200 = 28.125 ohm.
9. The reflection coefficient of a perfectly matched transmission line is

a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In a perfectly matched line, maximum power transfer will occur. Losses will be
minimal. This implies unity transmission coefficient and zero reflection coefficient.
10. The purpose of the transmission line equation is to

a) Find primary parameters
b) Find secondary parameters
c) Find the reflection cofficient
d) Impedance matching
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission line equation is useful in finding the length of the line which
gives maximum power transfer. Thus it is useful for impedance matching.
11. The quarter wave transformer can be considered as a

a) Impedance inverter
b) Impedance doubler
c) Impedance tripler
282
d) Impedance quadrupler
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: A quarter wave transformer may be considered as an impedance inverter as it can
transform a low impedance into a high impedance and vice-versa.
12. Which transmission line is called as one to one transformer?

a) L = λ
b) L = λ/2
c) L = λ/4
d) L = λ/8
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The half wave transformer line repeats its terminating impedance. In other words,
when l = λ/2, Zin = ZL. Thus it is considered to be one to one transformer.
283
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Input and Characteristic
Impedances”.
1. The characteristic impedance of a quarter wave transformer with load and input impedances
given by 30 and 75 respectively is
a) 47.43
b) 37.34
c) 73.23
d) 67.45
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In quarter wave transformer, the characteristic impedance will be the geometric
mean of the input impedance and the load impedance. Thus Zo2 = ZIN ZL. On substituting for ZIN
= 75 and ZL = 30, we get the characteristic impedance as 47.43 units.
2. The input impedance of a quarter wave line 50 ohm and load impedance of 20 ohm is
a) 50
b) 20
c) 1000
d) 125
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The characteristic impedance will be the geometric mean of the input impedance
and the load impedance. Thus Zo2 = Zin ZL. On substituting for Zo = 50 and ZL = 20, we get the
input impedance as 502/20 = 125 ohm.
284
3. For a matched line, the input impedance will be equal to
a) Load impedance
b) Characteristic impedance
c) Output impedance
d) Zero
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: A matched line refers to the input and characteristic impedance being the same. In
such condition, maximum transmission will occur with minimal losses. The reflection will be
very low.
4. The reflection coefficient lies in the range of

a) 0 < τ < 1
b) -1 < τ < 1
c) 1 < τ < ∞
d) 0 < τ < ∞
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The reflection coefficient lies in the range of 0 < τ < 1. For full transmission, the
reflection will be zero. For no transmission, the reflection will be unity.
5. When the ratio of load voltage to input voltage is 5, the ratio of the characteristic impedance to
the input impedance is
a) 1/5
b) 5
c) 10
d) 25
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: From the transmission line equation, the ratio of the load voltage to the input
voltage is same as the ratio of the characteristic impedance to the input impedance. Thus the
required ratio is 5.
6. The power of the transmitter with a radiation resistance of 12 ohm and an antenna current of
3.5A is
a) 147
b) 741
c) 174
285
d) 471
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The power in a transmitter is given by Prad = Iant2 Rrad. On substituting Irad = 3.5
and Rrad =12, we get Prad = 3.52 x 12 = 147 units.
7. The group delay of the wave with phase constant of 62.5 units and frequency of 4.5 radian/sec
is
a) 13.88
b) 31.88
c) 88.13
d) 88.31
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The group delay is given by td = β/ω. Given that β = 62.5 and ω = 4.5, we get the
group delay as td = 62.5/4.5 = 13.88 units.
8. The maximum impedance of a transmission line 50 ohm and the standing wave ratio of 2.5 is
a) 20
b) 125
c) 200
d) 75
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The maximum impedance of a line is given by Zmax = SZo. On substituting for S =
2.5 and Zo = 50, we get Zmax = 2.5 x 50 = 125 ohm.
9. The minimum impedance of a transmission line 75 ohm with a standing wave ratio of 4 is
a) 75
b) 300
c) 18.75
d) 150
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The minimum impedance of a line is given by Zmin = Zo/S. On substituting for Zo
= 75 and S = 4, we get Zmin = 75/4 = 18.75 units.
286
10. The average power in an electromagnetic wave is given by
a) propagation constant
b) poynting vector
c) phase constant
d) attenuation constant
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Poynting vector is the cross product of the electric field and magnetic field
intensities. It gives the total power of an electromagnetic wave.
11. The characteristic impedance of a transmission line is normally chosen to be

a) 50
b) 75
c) 50 or 75
d) 100
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The characteristic impedance is always 50 ohm or 75 ohm for a transmission line.
This is because of the GHz range of operation and the load impedences employed.
12. Identify the material which is not present in a transmission line setup.
a) waveguides
b) cavity resonator
c) antenna
d) oscillator
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission line setup consists of antennae for transmitting and receiving
power. It consists of waveguides and cavity resonator for guided transmission of electromagnetic
waves. Thus oscillator is the odd one out.
287
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Reflection and Transmission
Coefficients”.
1. The reflection coefficient of a wave with transmission coefficient 0.35 is

a) 1.35
b) 0.65
c) 0.35
d) 0.7
View Answer
288
Answer: b
Explanation: The reflection coefficient is the reverse of the transmission coefficient. Thus T + R
= 1. On substituting for T = 0.35, the reflection coefficient R will be 1 – 0.35 = 0.65 (no unit).
2. The incident wave amplitude is 24 units. Find the reflected wave amplitude if the reflection
coefficient is 0.6.
a) 14.4
b) 16.6
c) 13.3
d) 11.1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The reflection coefficient is the ratio of the reflected amplitude to the incident
amplitude. Thus R = Er/Ei. On substituting for Ei = 24 and R = 0.6, we get Er = R Ei = 0.6 X 24
= 14.4 units.
3. Find the reflection coefficient of the wave passing through two media having intrinsic
impedances of 4 and 9 respectively.
a) 0.5
b) 1
c) 0.38
d) 0.1
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The reflection coefficient in terms of intrinsic impedances is given by R = η2 –
η1/η2 + η1. On substituting for η1 = 4 and η2 = 9, we get R = 9 – 4/9 + 4 = 5/13 = 0.38.
4. The reflection coefficient of a wave travelling through two media having permittivities 4 and 9
respectively is
a) 0
b) 0.5
c) 0.25
d) 0.2
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The reflection coefficient in terms of permittivity is given by R = √ε2 – √ε1/√ε2 +
√ε1. On substituting for ε1 = 4 and ε2 = 9, we get R = 3 – 2/3 + 2 = 1/5 = 0.2.
289
5. Calculate the transmission coefficient, when the incident and transmitted amplitudes are 10
and 7 respectively.
a) 17
b) 3
c) 10/7
d) 0.7
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is defined as the ratio of the transmitted amplitude to
the incident amplitude. Thus T = Et/Ei. On substituting for Ei = 10 and Et = 7, we get T = 7/10 =
0.7.
6. The transmission coefficient in a wave travelling through two media having intrinsic
impedances of 5.5 and 1.33 is
a) 0.389
b) 0.55
c) 0.133
d) 0.42
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is terms of the intrinsic impedance is given by T =
2η2/η1 + η2. On substituting for η1 = 5.5 and η2 = 1.33, we get T = 2 x 1.33/1.33 + 5.5 =
2.66/6.83 = 0.389.
7. The transmission coefficient in a wave travelling through two media having permittivities 4
and 1 is
a) 1/4
b) 3/2
c) 3/4
d) 2/3
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission coefficient in terms of the permittivity is given by T= 2√ε2/√ε1 +
√ε2. On substituting for ε1 = 4 and ε2 = 1, we get T= 2(1)/1 + 2 = 2/3.
8. The reflection coefficient of a transmission line having characteristic and load impedances as
50 and 30 ohm respectively is
a) 1/4
b) 1/8
290
c) 1/2
d) 3/4
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The reflection coefficient of a transmission line is given by, R = ZL – Zo/ZL + Zo,
where ZL and Zo is the load and characteristic impedances respectively. On substituting ZL = 30
and Zo = 50, the reflection coefficient R = 50 – 30/50 + 30 = 20/80 = 1/4.
9. In matched line, the transmission coefficient is

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In matched line, the maximum power is transferred from transmitter to receiver.
Such reflection coefficient will be zero and transmission coefficient is unity.
10. Find the power reflected in a transmission line, when the reflection coefficient and input
power are 0.45 and 18V respectively.
a) 3.645
b) 6.453
c) 4.563
d) 5.463
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The ratio of the reflected to incident amplitudes gives the reflection. Similarly, the
ratio of reflected to incident power gives square of the reflection coefficient. Thus Prefl =
R2Pinc. On substituting for R = 0.45 and Pinc = 18, we get Prefl = 0.452 x 18 = 3.645 units.
11. The transmitted power in a transmission line, when the reflection coefficient and the incident
power are 0.6 and 24V respectively, is
a) 15.36
b) 51.63
c) 15.63
d) 51.36
View Answer
291
Answer: a
Explanation: The transmitted power in terms of the reflection coefficient and the incident power
is Ptr = (1-R2)Pinc, where R = 0.6 and Pinc = 24, from the given data. Thus Ptr = (1- 0.62) x 24 =
15.36 units.
12. The reflection coefficient of a short circuit transmission line is -1. State True/False.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For a short circuit line, the losses are maximum due to heavy current flow. This
leads to less transmission and more attenuation. Thus the reflection coefficient is negative. R = -
1 for short circuit lines.
292
Questions and Answers for Campus interviews focuses on “Standing Waves and SWR”.
1. Standing waves occurs due to

a) Impedance match
b) Impedance mismatch
c) Reflection
d) Transmission
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Impedance mismatches result in standing waves along the transmission line. It
shows the variation of the wave amplitudes due to mismatching.
2. Standing wave ratio is defined as the

a) Ratio of voltage maxima to voltage minima
b) Ratio of current maxima to current minima
c) Product of voltage maxima and voltage minima
d) Product of current maxima and current minima
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: SWR is defined as the ratio of the partial standing wave’s amplitude at an antinode
(maximum) to the amplitude at a node (minimum) along the line. It is given by S = VMAX/VMIN.
3. Given that the reflection coefficient is 0.6. Find the SWR.

a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8
View Answer
293
Answer: b
Explanation: The relation between reflection coefficient and SWR is given by S = 1 + R/1 – R.
On substituting for R = 0.6, we get S = 1 + 0.6/1 – 0.6 = 1.6/0.4 = 4.
4. The maxima and minima voltage of the standing wave are 6 and 2 respectively. The standing
wave ratio is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 1/2
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The ratio of voltage maxima to voltage minima is given by the standing wave ratio
SWR. Thus S = VMAX/VMIN. On substituting the given data, we get S = 6/2 = 3.
5. Find the standing wave ratio, when a load impedance of 250 ohm is connected to a 75 ohm
line.
a) 0.3
b) 75
c) 250
d) 3.33
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The standing wave ratio is the ratio of the load impedance to the characteristic
impedance. Thus S = ZL/Zo. On substituting for ZL = 250 and Zo = 75, we get S = 250/75 =
3.33.
6. Find the reflection coefficient of the wave with SWR of 3.5.

a) 0.55
b) 0.23
c) 0.48
d) 0.68
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The reflection coefficient in terms of the SWR is given by R = S – 1/S + 1. On
substituting for S = 3.5, we get 3.5 – 1/3.5 + 1 = 0.55.
7. The range of the standing wave ratio is

a) 0 < S < 1
294
b) -1 < S < 1
c) 1 < S < ∞
d) 0 < S < ∞
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The standing wave ratio is given by S = 1 – R/1 + R. Thus the minimum value of S
is 1. It can extend upto infinity for long lines. Thus the range is 1 < S < ∞.
8. For matched line, the standing wave ratio will be

a) 0
b) ∞
c) -1
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In a matched line, maximum transmission occurs. The reflection will be zero. The
standing wave ratio S = 1 – R/1 + R. For R = 0, the SWR is unity for matched line.
9. The maximum impedance of a 50 ohm transmission line with SWR of 3 is

a) 50/3
b) 3/50
c) 150
d) 450
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The maximum impedance is given by the product of the characteristic impedance
and the SWR. Thus Zmax = S Zo. On substituting for S = 3 and Zo = 50, we get ZMAX = 3 X 50 =
150 units.
10. The minimum impedance of a 75 ohm transmission line with a SWR of 2.5 is
a) 100
b) 50
c) 25
d) 30
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The minimum impedance in terms of SWR is given by ZMIN = Zo/S. Substituting
the given data for S = 2.5 and Zo = 75, we get Zmin = 75/2.5 = 30.
295
11. The standing wave ratio of short circuited and open circuited lines will be
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission line will reflect high power when it is short or circuited. This will
lead to high reflection coefficient. Thus the standing wave ratio will be infinity for these extreme
cases.
12. The current reflection coefficient of a line with voltage reflection coefficient of 0.65 is given
by
a) 0
b) 0.65
c) -0.65
d) 0.35
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The current reflection coefficient at any point on the line is the negative of the
voltage reflection coefficient at that point, i.e, -R. Given that the voltage reflection coefficient is
0.65, thus the current reflection coefficient is -0.65.
296
Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Power, Power Loss and Return
Loss”.
1. The power of the electromagnetic wave with electric and magnetic field intensities given by
12 and 15 respectively is
a) 180
b) 90
c) 45
d) 120
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Poynting vector gives the power of an EM wave. Thus P = EH/2. On
substituting for E = 12 and H = 15, we get P = 12 x 15/2 = 90 units.
297
2. The power of a wave of with voltage of 140V and a characteristic impedance of 50 ohm is
a) 1.96
b) 19.6
c) 196
d) 19600
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The power of a wave is given by P = V2/2Zo, where V is the generator voltage and
Zo is the characteristic impedance. on substituting the given data, we get P = 1402/(2×50) = 196
units.
3. The power reflected by a wave with incident power of 16 units is(Given that the reflection
coefficient is 0.5)
a) 2
b) 8
c) 6
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The fraction of the reflected to the incident power is given by the reflection
coefficient. Thus Pref = R2xPinc. On substituting the given data, we get Pref = 0.52 x 16 = 4
units.
4. The power transmitted by a wave with incident power of 16 units is(Given that the reflection
coefficient is 0.5)
a) 12
b) 8
c) 16
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The fraction of the transmitted to the incident power is given by the reflection
coefficient. Thus Pref = (1-R2) Pinc. On substituting the given data, we get Pref = (1- 0.52) x 16
= 12 units. In other words, it is the remaining power after reflection.
5. The incident and the reflected voltage are given by 15 and 5 respectively. The transmission
coefficient is
a) 1/3
b) 2/3
298
c) 1
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The ratio of the reflected to the incident voltage is the reflection coefficient. It is
given by R = 5/15 = 1/3. To get the transmission coefficient, T = 1 – R = 1 – 1/3 = 2/3.
6. The current reflection coefficient is given by -0.75. Find the voltage reflection coefficient.
a) -0.75
b) 0.25
c) -0.25
d) 0.75
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The voltage reflection coefficient is the negative of the current reflection
coefficient. For a current reflection coefficient of -0.75, the voltage reflection coefficient will be
0.75.
7. The attenuation is given by 20 units. Find the power loss in decibels.

a) 13.01
b) 26.02
c) 52.04
d) 104.08
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The attenuation refers to the power loss. Thus the power loss is given by 20 units.
The power loss in dB will be 10 log 20 = 13.01 decibel.
8. The reflection coefficient is 0.5. Find the return loss.

a) 12.12
b) -12.12
c) 6.02
d) -6.02
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The return loss is given by RL = -20log R, where is the reflection coefficient. It is
given as 0.5. Thus the return loss will be RL = -20 log 0.5 = 6.02 decibel.
299
9. The radiation resistance of an antenna having a power of 120 units and antenna current of 5A
is
a) 4.8
b) 9.6
c) 3.6
d) 1.8
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The power of an antenna is given by Prad = Ia2 Rrad, where Ia is the antenna
current and Rrad is the radiation resistance. On substituting the given data, we get Rrad =
Prad/Ia2 = 120/52 = 4.8 ohm.
10. The transmission coefficient is given by 0.65. Find the return loss of the wave.
a) 9.11
b) 1.99
c) 1.19
d) 9.91
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The transmission coefficient is the reverse of the reflection coefficient, i.e, T + R =
1. When T = 0.65, we get R = 0.35. Thus the return loss RL = -20log R = -20log 0.35 = 9.11
decibel.
11. The return loss is given as 12 decibel. Calculate the reflection coefficient.
a) 0.35
b) 0.55
c) 0.25
d) 0.75
View Answer
Answer: c
calculated as R = 10(-RL/20), by anti logarithm property. For the given return loss RL = 12, we get
R = 10(-12/20) = 0.25.
12. Find the transmission coefficient of a wave, when the return loss is 6 decibel.
a) 0.498
b) 0.501
c) 0.35
300
d) 0.65
View Answer
Answer: a
calculated as R = 10(-RL/20), by anti logarithm property. For the given return loss RL = 6, we get R
= 10(-6/20) = 0.501. The transmission coefficient will be T = 1 –
R = 1-0.501 = 0.498.
301
This set of Electromagnetic Theory Questions and Answers for Aptitude test focuses on
“Intrinsic Impedance and Propagation Constant”.
1. The intrinsic impedance of a wave with electric and magnetic field of 10 and 8 respectively is
a) 1.6
b) 1.11
c) 1.25
d) 0.8
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance of a wave is given by η = √(E/H). on substituting for E =
10 and H = 8, we get η = 1.11 units.
2. The intrinsic impedance is defined as the ratio of the magnetic field to the electric field of the
electromagnetic wave. State true/false
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance is defined as the ratio of the electric field intensity to the
magnetic field intensity. It is denoted by η. It is a complex quantity.
3. The intrinsic impedance in free space is

a) 60π
b) 12π
c) 6π
d) 120π
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance of the free space is the ratio of the permittivity to the
permeability. For air medium, the value is 120π or 377 ohm.
4. The propagation constant is a complex quantity. State true/false.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
302
Answer: a
Explanation: The propagation constant is a complex quantity. It is given by γ = α + jβ, where α is
the attenuation constant, a real value and β is the phase constant, a complex value.
5. Calculate the propagation constant of a wave with impedance and admittance given by 32 and
12 respectively.
a) 19.6
b) 17.6
c) 15.6
d) 13.6
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The propagation constant is given by γ = √(ZY), where Z is the impedance and Y is
the admittance. On substituting for Z = 32 and Y = 12, we get γ = 19.6 units.
6. The intrinsic angle is 250, find the loss angle.

a) 12.5
b) 50
c) 25
d) 75
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The loss angle is twice of the intrinsic angle. It is given by δ = 2θn. On substituting
for θn = 25, the loss angle δ = 2(25) = 50 degree.
7. The standing wave ratio of the wave with maximum and minimum electric field intensities of
12 and 4 is
a) 12
b) 4
c) 3
d) 48
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The SWR is defined as the ratio of maximum electric field intensities to the
minimum field intensities. It is given by S = EMAX/EMIN. Thus for the given data, S = 12/4 = 3.
8. The standing wave ratio of a wave travelling through two media having intrinsic impedances
of 3 and 2 is
a) 2⁄3
303
b) 3⁄2
c) 1⁄5
d) 5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The standing wave ratio is given by the ratio of the intrinsic impedance of medium
1 to the intrinsic impedance of medium 2. Thus S = η1/η2. On substituting for η1 = 3 and η2 = 2,
we get S = 3/2.
9. The reflection coefficient of a wave travelling through two media having electric intrinsic
impedances of 3 and 5 respectively is
a) 2
b) 8
c) 5⁄3
d) 1/4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The reflection coefficient in terms for intrinsic impedance is R= η2-η1/η2+η1. On
substituting the given data, we get R = 5 – 3/5 + 3 = 2/8 = ¼.
10. The reflection coefficient of a wave travelling through two media having magnetic intrinsic
a) 1⁄2
b) 1⁄3
c) 1⁄4
d) 1⁄5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The reflection coefficient in terms for magnetic intrinsic impedance is R = η1 –
η2/η1 + η2. On substituting the given data, we get R = 2 – 1/2 + 1 = 1/3.
11. The transmission coefficient of a wave travelling through two media having electric intrinsic
a) 2⁄2
b) 8⁄9
c) 4⁄5
d) 1⁄4
View Answer
304
Answer: c
Explanation: The transmission coefficient in terms for intrinsic impedance is R = 2η2/η2 + η1.
On substituting the given data, we get R = 2 x 2/2 + 3 = 4/5.
12. The transmission coefficient of a wave travelling through two media having electric intrinsic
a) 2⁄3
b) 8⁄9
c) 2⁄5
d) 6⁄7
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The transmission coefficient in terms for intrinsic impedance is R = 2η1/η2 + η1.
On substituting the given data, we get R = 2 x 3⁄4 + 3 = 6/7.
305
This set of Electromagnetic Theory Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on
“Skin Effect”.
1. The skin effect is a phenomenon observed in

a) Insulators
b) Dielectrics
c) Conductors
d) Semiconductors
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The skin of the conductor allows a certain amount of electromagnetic power to pass
through it. This phenomenon is called the skin effect. This is the reason why, electromagnetic
waves cannot travel inside a conductor.
2. The skin depth is measured in

a) Meter
b) Millimetre
c) Centimetre
d) Micrometer
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The depth to which the electromagnetic waves pass through the conductor is very
small. It is measured in μm.
306
3. The skin depth is calculated from the amplitude of the wave. State true/false
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The skin depth is the measure of the depth to which the amplitude of an EM wave
will reduce to 36.8% of its initial value. Thus it can be calculated if the initial amplitude is
known.
4. The attenuation constant is 0.5 units. The skin depth will be

a) 0.5
b) 0.25
c) 2
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The skin depth is the reciprocal of the attenuation constant. Thus δ = 1/α. On
substituting for α = 0.5, we get δ = 1/0.5 = 2 units.
5. Calculate the skin depth of a conductor, having a conductivity of 200 units. The wave
frequency is 10 GHz in air.
a) 355.8
b) 3.558
c) 35.58
d) 0.3558
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The skin depth is calculated by δ = 1/√(πfμσ), where f is the frequency, μ is the
permeability and σ is the conductivity. For the given data, f = 10 x 109, μ = 4π x 10-7 in air and σ
= 200, we get δ = 355.8 μm.
6. The effective skin resistance of a material with conductivity 120 and skin depth of 2μm is
a) 4.16 kilo ohm
b) 4.16 mega ohm
c) 41.6 kilo ohm
d) 41.6 mega ohm
View Answer
307
Answer: a
Explanation: The effective skin resistance is given by Rs = 1/δσ, where δ is the skin depth and σ
is the conductivity. For the given data, δ = 2 x 10-6 and σ = 120, we get Rs = 1/(120x2x10-6) =
4.16 kilo ohm.
7. The skin depth is used to find which parameter?

a) DC resistance
b) AC resistance
c) Permittivity
d) Potential
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Since the skin depth varies for different frequencies, it can be used to calculate the
varying AC resistance for a material.
8. The relation between the skin depth and frequency is given by

a) Skin depth α f
b) Skin depth α 1/f
c) Skin depth α √f
d) Skin depth α 1/√f
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The skin depth is given by δ = 1/√(πfμσ). Thus the relation between the skin depth
and the frequency is, Skin depth α 1/√f.
9. A perfect dielectric acts as a

a) Perfect transmitter
b) Perfect reflector
c) Bad transmitter
d) Bad reflector
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: A perfect dielectric acts as a perfect transmitter. In other words, a wave incident on
a perfect dielectric will transmit completely through it.
10. A perfect conductor acts as a

a) Perfect transmitter
b) Perfect reflector
c) Bad transmitter
308
d) Bad reflector
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: A perfect conductor acts as a perfect reflector. In other words, a wave incident on a
perfect conductor will be totally reflected back into the same medium. There will be no skin
effect.
11. The resultant electric field of two components in the x and y direction having amplitudes 6
and 8 respectively is
a) 100
b) 36
c) 64
d) 10
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The resultant electric field of two components is given by E = √(Ex2 + Ey2). For the
given data, the electric field will be E = √(62+82) = 10 units.
12. The skin depth of the wave having a frequency of 3MHz and a velocity of 12 m/s is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 6
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The velocity of a wave is the product of the frequency and the skin depth. Thus v =
f.δ. To get δ, put v = 12 and f = 3MHz, we get δ = 12/(3×106) = 4 μm.
“Types of Transmission Lines”.
1. Identify which of the following is not a transmission line?

a) Telephone lines
b) Power transmission
c) Underground cables
d) Cavity resonators
View Answer
309
Answer: d
Explanation: The types of transmission line are telephone lines, power transmission lines,
underground cables, coaxial cables, fibre optic cable transmission etc. Cavity resonators are not
transmission lines, they are components that aid maximum transmission.
2. The open wire transmission line consists of

a) Conductor
b) Dielectric
c) Both conductor and dielectric
d) Either conductor or dielectric
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The open wire is a common form of transmission line. The open wire consists of
conductors. The conductors of such lines are considered to be parallel and separated by a
dielectric.
3. Telephone lines and power lines are open wire transmission lines. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The open wire lines are long and used for distant wired communication. Such lines
are telephone and power lines.
4. The cable transmission line consists of

a) Conductors
b) Insulators
c) Insulated conductors
d) Insulated conductors with dielectric
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The cable lines are underground transmission lines. The line consists of hundreds of
individual paper insulated conductors twisted in pairs and combined inside a protective lead or
plastic sheath, which is usually a solid dielectric.
5. The conductors lie perpendicularly with the dielectric in the cable line. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
310
Answer: b
Explanation: In all the transmission lines, the conductors are considered to be parallel with a
solid dielectric.
6. The coaxial cable consists of

a) Conductors
b) Dielectric
c) Conductor with dielectric
d) Two conductors with dielectric
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The coaxial cable consists of a hollow conductor and the second conductor is
located inside and coaxial with the tube. The dielectric may be solid or gaseous.
7. The coaxial cable are used in

a) Telephone cables transmission
b) Power transmission
c) Television signal transmission
d) Short wave transmission
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Practically, the coaxial cables are employed in the transmission of the television
signals from the dish antenna to the transponder.
8. Identify which is not a type of waveguide.

a) Rectangular
b) Circular
c) Cylindrical
d) Cavity resonator
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Rectangular waveguide is a commonly used waveguide. Cylindrical and circular
waveguides are the same. Cavity resonator is not a waveguide.
9. The range of frequencies handled by the waveguides is in

a) Hz
b) KHz
c) MHz
311
d) GHz
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The waveguides are operated in the GHz range. In particular, the waveguides are
active above 6 GHz. The range goes upto several tens of GHz. Beyond this range, the
transmission is handled by optic fibre cables.
10. The range of frequencies operated by the coaxial cables is in

a) Hz
b) kHz
c) MHz
d) GHz
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Coaxial cables are operated in the MHz range. The main application includes
television cable line transmission.
11. The cut off frequency for waveguide operation is

a) 2 MHz
b) 6 GHz
c) 4 MHz
d) 6 MHz
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The waveguides should be operated above the cut off frequency of 6 GHz. This will
lead to effective power transmission. At a frequency below this, will lead to attenuation.
12. The highest means of communication is

a) Internet
b) Telephone
c) Television
d) Radio
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Though all the means of communication use the radio frequencies, the internet
communication is the fastest. It involves email, voice message, video message etc. The
telephone, television and radio use transmission lines for communication through radio
312
frequencies, whereas the internet uses both wired and wireless means. Also it employs optic
fibre, which uses light as the medium, since it is faster than the radio signals.
313
“Lossless and Distortionless Line”.
1. The transmission line is said to be lossless when the

a) Conductor is perfect and dielectric is lossless
b) Conductor is perfect and dielectric is lossy
c) Conductor is imperfect and dielectric is lossy
d) Conductor is imperfect and dielectric is lossless
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Lossless transmission line refers to a line with no losses or attenuation. This is
possible only when the conductor is perfect and the dielectric is lossless.
2. The resistance of a lossless transmission line is

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The lossless transmission line will have minimal loss of power. Thus in the ideal
cases, the resistance is assumed to be zero.
3. Which two parameters given below are zero in the lossless line?
a) L, C
b) C, G
c) G, α
d) R, L
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Due to the minimal losses in the lossless transmission line, the parameters of
conductance and attenuation constant are assumed to be zero. Practically, a lossless line is not
possible.
314
4. The characteristic impedance of the line having primary constants L and C as 35 milli henry
and 70 micro farad respectively is
a) 500
b) 22.36
c) 125
d) 50
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The characteristic impedance of a lossless line is given by Zo = √(L/C). On
substituting for L = 35 x 10-3 and C = 70 x 10-6, we get Zo = √(500) = 22. 36 ohm.
5. The attenuation constant is measured in the units of

a) Ohm
b) Neper
c) Decibel
d) Radian/sec
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The attenuation is the loss of power due to the transmission. It is measured in the
Neper units. 1 neper = 8.68 decibel/m.
6. The velocity of the transmission line with a frequency of 35 radian/s and phase constant of
68.5 is
a) 1.95
b) 2.36
c) 4.56
d) 3.48
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The velocity of the wave in a transmission line is the ratio of the frequency to the
phase constant. Thus v = ω/β. On substituting for ω = 35 and β = 68.5, we get v = 68.5/35 = 1.95
units.
7. The condition that holds good in a distortionless transmission line is

a) R/L = G/C
b) RL = GC
c) L/R = C/G
d) RG/LC
View Answer
315
Answer: a
Explanation: For a distortionless transmission line, the primary constants are related by R/L =
G/C.
8. Given that R = 20 ohm, L = 40 mH, C = 40 μF, G = 0.02 mho. Find whether the line is
distortionless or not.
a) Distorted line
b) Distortionless line
c) All of the mentioned
d) None of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For a distortionless line, the condition R/L = G/C must be true. On substituting for
R = 20, L = 40 mH, C = 40 μF, G = 0.02, we get R/L = 500 and G/C = 500. Thus the line is
distortionless.
9. For R= 20 ohm and G= 0.8 mho, the attenuation constant will be

a) 16
b) 4
c) 2
d) 32
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The attenuation constant is given by α = √(RG), where R and G is the resistance
and conductance respectively. On substituting for R = 20 and G = 0.8, we get α = √(20 x 0.8) = 4
units.
10. The velocity of an electromagnetic wave with frequency 6MHz and a skin depth of 1.6 μm.
a) 3.75
b) 0.26
c) 9.6
d) 7.8
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The velocity of a wave is the product of the frequency and the skin depth. It is
given v = f. δ. On substituting for f = 6 x 106 and δ = 1.6 x 10-6, we get v = 6 x 106 x 1.6 x 10-6 =
9.6 units.
316
11. The characteristic impedance of the transmission line with R= 45 ohm and G= 0.45 mho is
a) 100
b) 1
c) 0.1
d) 10
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The characteristic impedance in terms of R, G is Zo = √(R/G). On substituting for R
= 45 and G = 0.45, we get Zo = 10 units.
12. The distortionless line is one in which the attenuation constant and phase constant are
independent of the frequency. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In a distortionless line, the attenuation constant is independent of the frequency and
the phase constant is linearly dependent of the frequency.
317
This set of Electromagnetic Theory Assessment Questions and Answers focuses on “Smith
Chart”.
1. The Smith chart is a polar chart which plots

a) R vs Z
b) R vs Znorm
c) T vs Z
d) T vs Znorm
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The Smith chart is a frequency domain plot. It is the polar chart of the reflection
coefficient R with respect to the normalised impedance Znorm.
2. The Smith chart is graphical technique used in the scenario of transmission lines. State
true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
318
Answer: a
Explanation: The Smith chart is used for calculating the reflection coefficient and standing wave
ratio for normalised load impedance of a transmission line.
3. The Smith chart consists of the

a) Constant R and variable X circles
b) Variable R and constant X circles
c) Constant R and constant X circles
d) Variable R and variable X circles
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Smith chart consists of the constant resistance circles and the constant
reactance circles. The impedances are plotted using these circles. Also stub matching can be
done using the Smith chart.
4. The circles in the Smith chart pass through which point?

a) (0,1)
b) (0,-1)
c) (-1,0)
d) (1,0)
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: All the constant resistance and reactance circles in the Smith chart pass through the
(1,0) point. This is the midpoint of the Smith Chart. The resistance is unity and reactance is zero
at this point.
5. Moving towards the clockwise direction in the Smith chart implies moving
a) Towards generator
b) Towards load
c) Towards stub
d) Towards waveguide
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: On moving towards the clockwise direction in the Smith chart, we are traversing
towards the generator. This is used to calculate the normalised load impedance.
6. The centre of the point having a normalised resistance of 1.2 ohm and reactance of 1.5 ohm is
a) (0.54,0)
b) (0.45,0)
319
c) (0.36,0)
d) (0.78,0)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The centre of a point in Smith chart is given by C = (r/1+r, 0). On substituting for r
= 1.2, we get centre as (1.2/1+1.2,0) = (0.54,0).
7. The normalised load impedance of the transmission line 50 ohm with a load of 30 ohm is
a) 30
b) 150
c) 5/3
d) 3/5
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The normalised impedance is calculated by dividing the impedance with the
characteristic impedance. Given that the load impedance is 30 ohm, the normalised load
impedance of the 50 ohm transmission line is 30/50 = 3/5 ohm.
8. The radius of the point having a normalised resistance of 1 ohm is

a) 1
b) 0.2
c) 0.5
d) 0.25
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The radius of the point with a radius r is given by R = 1/r+1. On substituting for r =
1, we get R = 1/1 + 1 = ½ = 0.5.
9. The best stub selection for the transmission line will be

a) Series open
b) Series short
c) Shunt open
d) Shunt short
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Normally series stubs are not preferred as modification of the stub parameters
requires changing the whole stub setup. Shunt stubs enable modification with ease. Open
320
circuited stubs are not preferred as it will radiate power like an antenna, which is undesirable.
Hence shorted stubs are used.
10. The centre and radius of a line with normalised load impedance of 1 + 0.5j is
a) (1,2) and 2
b) (2,1) and 2
c) (1,2) and 1
d) (2,1) and 1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The centre and radius of a line are (1, 1/x) and 1/x, where x is the reactance. Here x
= 0.5, from the given data. Thus C = (1,2) and R = 2.
“Short and Open Circuit Lines”.
1. The open circuit impedance of the transmission line is given by

a) ZOC = j Zo tan βl
b) ZOC = – j Zo tan βl
c) ZOC = j Zo cot βl
d) ZOC = -j Zo cot βl
View Answer
321
Answer: d
Explanation: The open circuit in a transmission line refers to the load side open circuited. In this
case, the load impedance will be infinite. Thus the transmission line equation will be ZOC = -j Zo
cot βl.
2. The short circuit impedance of the transmission line is given by

a) ZSC = j Zo tan βl
b) ZSC = -j Zo tan βl
c) ZSC = j Zo cot βl
d) ZSC = -j Zo cot βl
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The short circuit in a transmission line refers to the load side shorted. In this case,
the load impedance will be zero. Thus the transmission line equation will be ZSC = j Zo tan βl.
3. In a shorted line, the reflection coefficient will be

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The shorted line will absorb more power than any other line. Thus the reflection
coefficient is considered to be negative.
4. The open circuit line will have a reflection coefficient of

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: An open circuit line has infinite output impedance. Any wave incident at the output
will be completely reflected. Thus the reflection coefficient is unity.
5. The standing wave ratio in short and open circuit transmission lines will be
a) 0
b) -1
c) 1
322
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The reflection coefficient is 1 and -1 in open and shorted lines respectively. This
value of reflection coefficient will yield infinite standing wave ratio.
6. The characteristic impedance of a line having open and short impedances of 20 and 5
respectively is
a) 20
b) 100
c) 25
d) 10
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The characteristic impedance is the geometric mean of the short and open circuit
impedance. It is given by Zo2 = Zsc Zoc. On substituting Zoc = 20 and Zsc = 5, we get Zo2 = 20
X 5 = 100. Thus Zo = 10 ohm.
7. The short circuit impedance is given by 18 ohm and the characteristic impedance is 50 ohm.
Find the open circuit impedance.
a) 138.8
b) 188.3
c) 388.1
d) 838.1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The relation between characteristic impedance, open and short impedance is given
by Zo2 = Zsc Zoc. For the given values Zo = 50 and Zsc = 18, we get Zoc = 502/18 = 138.8 units.
8. For maximum power transfer theorem to be applied to the transmission line, the reflection
coefficient has to be
a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) ∞
View Answer
323
Answer: c
Explanation: Maximum power transfer between the load and source is possible, only when both
are matched. This will lead to no reflections. Thus the reflection coefficient will be zero.
9. Find the transmission coefficient of a 75 ohm line with load impedance of 40 ohm.
a) 0.69
b) 0.96
c) 0.31
d) 0.13
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The transmission coefficient in terms of the load impedance is given by T = ZL/Z0.
On substituting for ZL = 40 and Zo = 75, we get T = 40/75 = 0.69.
10. The standing waves for open circuit voltage and short circuit current are the same. State
true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The open circuit voltage and short circuit current will be same for a transmission
line. The phase difference is λ/8.
11. The standing waves for open circuit current and short circuit voltage are the same. State
true/false.
a) true
b) false
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The open circuit current and short circuit voltage will be same for a transmission
line. The phase difference is λ/8.
12. The standing wave ratio for the maximum power transfer in a transmission line is
a) 1:2
b) 2:1
c) -1:1
d) 1:1
View Answer
324
Answer: d
Explanation: The load and the source has to be matched for maximum power transfer. This is
indicated by the ratio of 1:1.
325
12. Questions on Waveguides
The section contains questions on types and properties of waveguides with cut-off frequency and
wavelength,
traverse electric, magnetic and electric magnetic waves, transients.
Types of Waveguides
Transverse Electric Magnetic Waves(TEM)
Properties of Waveguides
Phase and Group Velocity
Cut-off Frequency and Wavelength
Waveguide Current and Excitation
Transverse Electric Waves(TE)
Transients
Transverse Magnetic Waves(TM)
326
“Types of Waveguides”.
1. The phenomenon employed in the waveguide operation is

a) Reflection
b) Refraction
c) Total internal reflection
d) Adsorption
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The waveguides use total internal reflection phenomenon to transmit the waves
passing through it. Thus the acceptance angle and critical angle are important for effective
transmission.
2. The dominant mode in waveguide is the mode which has

a) Highest frequency
b) Highest wavelength
c) Lowest phase constant
d) Highest attenuation
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The dominant mode is the mode which has the minimum frequency or maximum
wavelength available for propagation of the waves.
3. The modes are calculated from which parameter?

a) Frequency
b) Wavelength
c) Phase constant
d) V number
View Answer
327
Answer: d
Explanation: The modes are calculated from the V number of the waveguides. It is given by M=
V2/2.
4. The circular waveguides use which function in the frequency calculation?

a) Laplace function
b) Schottky function
c) Bessel function
d) Transfer function
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The circular or cylindrical waveguides use the Bessel function for the frequency
calculation of a particular mode.
5. The scattering parameters are used to indicate the

a) Permittivity and permeability
b) Electric and magnetic field intensities
c) Reflection and transmission coefficients
d) Frequency and wavelength
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The scattering matrix consists of the transmission coefficients in the main diagonal
and the reflection coefficients in the opposite diagonal.
6. Which of the following two parameter models cannot be used to represent a transmission line?
a) H parameter model
b) T parameter model
c) ABCD parameter model
d) S parameter model
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The T, ABCD and S parameter models are used in the transmission line modelling.
The h parameter is not used for the same.
7. For the matched line, the parameters S12 and S21 are
a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
328
d) ∞
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The parameters S12 and S21 are the reflection coefficients. For a matched line, the
reflection coefficients are zero. Thus the parameters S12 and S21 are also zero.
8. The waveguides are materials with characteristics of

a) Low bulk resistivity
b) High bulk resistivity
c) High conductivity
d) Low conductivity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Generally, the waveguides are made of materials with low bulk resistivity like
brass, copper, silver etc. But if the interior walls are properly plated, it is possible with poor
conductivity materials too. It is even possible to make plastic waveguides.
9. The parameters S11 and S22 indicate the transmission coefficients. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In a scattering matrix, the parameters S11 and S22 indicate the transmission
coefficients and the parameters S21 and S12 indicate the reflection coefficients.
10. The waveguides increase the transmission of the electromagnetic waves. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The waveguides aid in effective transmission of the electromagnetic power from
the source antenna to the destination antenna.
329
“Properties of Waveguides”.
1. The waveguide is employed in the transmission lines, when operated at the range of
a) Hz
b) KHz
c) MHz
d) GHz
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Waveguides are employed for effective transmission, when the lines carry
electromagnetic waves in the GHz range.
2. The cut off frequency for a waveguide to operate is

a) 3 MHz
b) 3 GHz
c) 6 MHz
d) 6 GHz
View Answer
330
Answer: d
Explanation: The cut off frequency of the waveguide is 6 GHz. This is the frequency at which
the waveguide will start to operate.
3. In rectangular waveguides, the dimensions a and b represent the

a) Broad wall dimensions
b) Broad wall and side wall dimension respectively
c) Side wall and broad wall dimension respectively
d) Side wall dimensions
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In rectangular waveguide, the a parameter is the broad wall dimension of the
waveguide and the b parameter is the side wall dimension of the waveguide. Always, a > b in a
waveguide.
4. The Bessel function is denoted by

a) Jn(ha)
b) Jm(ha)
c) Jn(hb)
d) Jm(hb)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Bessel function is used in the circular waveguides. Normally Jn(ha) = 0. Here n
is the order of the Bessel function.
5. In a waveguide, always which condition holds good?

a) phase velocity = c
b) phase velocity greater than c
c) phase velocity lesser than c
d) group velocity = c
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In air medium, the phase velocity is assumed to be the speed of light. For
waveguides, the phase velocity is always greater than the speed of the light.
6. The group wavelength is greater than the wavelength at any point. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
331
Answer: a
Explanation: In a waveguide, the phase velocity is greater than the velocity of light. Thus the
group velocity will be less. This implies the group wavelength will be greater than the
wavelength at any point.
7. Find the group wavelength of a wave, given that the group phase constant is 6.28 units.
a) 2
b) 3.14
c) 6.28
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The group wavelength is given by λg = 2π/βg, where βg is the group wavelength of
the wave. On substituting for βg = 6.28, we get group wavelength as unity.
8. The phase velocity of a wave with frequency of 15 radian/sec and group phase constant of 2
units is
a) 30
b) 15
c) 7.5
d) 2/15
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase velocity of a wave is given by Vp = ω/βg. on substituting for ω = 15 and
βg = 2, we get phase velocity as 15/2 = 7.5 units.
9. The modes in a material having a V number of 20 is

a) 20
b) 400
c) 200
d) 100
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The relation between the modes and the V number is given by m = v2/2. Given that
v = 20, we get m = 202/2 = 200 modes.
10. The number of modes is given as 50, find the V number.

a) 5
b) 10
332
c) 50
d) 2500
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The relation between the modes and the V number is given by m = v2/2. Given that
m = 50, we get v2 = 2 x 50 = 100. The V number is 10.
“Cut off Frequency and Wavelength”.
1. The real part of the propagation constant is the

a) Attenuation constant
b) Phase constant
c) Permittivity
d) Permeability
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The propagation constant is given by γ = α + jβ. Here the real part is the attenuation
constant and the imaginary part is the phase constant.
333
2. The phase constant of a wave is given by
a) ω√(LC)
b) ω√(L/C)
c) ω√(C/L)
d) ω√(1/LC)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The phase constant of a wave in a transmission line is given by β = ω√(LC), where
L and C are the specifications of the line.
3. The cut off frequency of the dominant mode in a TE wave in the line having a and b as 2.5 cm
and 1 cm respectively is
a) 4.5 GHz
b) 5 GHz
c) 5.5 GHz
d) 6 GHz
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The dominant mode in TE is TE10. The cut off frequency will be mc/2a, where m =
1 and a = 0.025 are given. On substituting, we get the frequency as 1 x 3 x 108/2 x 0.025 = 6
GHz.
4. The cut off frequency of the TE01 mode will be

a) mc/2a
b) mc/2b
c) nc/2a
d) nc/2b
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The cut off frequency consists of modes m and n. For m = 0, the dimension b will
be considered. Thus the frequency is nc/2b, where c is the speed of the light.
5. The condition which will satisfy the dimensions of the waveguide is

a) a = b
b) a > b
c) a < b
d) ab = 0
View Answer
334
Answer: b
Explanation: The dimensions a and b represent the broad wall and the side wall dimensions
respectively. The broad wall will be greater than the side wall. Thus the condition a>b is true.
6. The cut off wavelength of the TE10 mode having a broad wall dimension of 5cm is
a) 0.1
b) 1
c) 10
d) 0.01
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The cut off wavelength of the waveguide is given by λc = 2a/m. on substituting for
a = 0.05 and m = 1, we get λc = 2 x 0.05/1 = 0.1 units.
7. The broad wall dimension of a waveguide having a cut off frequency of 7.5 GHz is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The cut off frequency and the broad wall dimension are related by fc = mc/2a. On
substituting for m = 1 and fc = 7.5 GHz, we get a = 0.02 or 2 cm.
8. The sin θ in the waveguide refers to the ratio of the

a) Frequency to wavelength
b) Wavelength to frequency
c) Cut off frequency to frequency
d) Frequency to cut off frequency
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The ratio of the cut off frequency to the frequency at any point gives the sin θ in a
waveguide.
9. Is the transmission of a frequency 5 GHz possible in waveguides?

a) Yes
b) No
View Answer
335
Answer: a
Explanation: The cut off frequency for waveguide operation is 6 GHz. Thus a wave of 5 GHz is
not possible for transmission in a waveguide.
10. The dimension for a waveguide in dominant mode with a cut off wavelength of 2 units is
a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The cut off wavelength of a waveguide is given by λc = 2a/m. For the dominant
mode, m = 1. Given that λc = 2, thus we get a = 4 units.
11. The waveguides are used in a transmission line for

a) Increasing transmission coefficient
b) Increasing reflection coefficient
c) Decreasing transmission coefficient
d) Decreasing reflection coefficient
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The waveguides are used to increase the transmission efficiency of the waves
travelling through it.
12. The attenuation coefficient of the wave having a resistance of 15 ohm in a 50 ohm line is
a) 15
b) 1.5
c) 0.15
d) 0.015
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The attenuation coefficient of a wave with a resistance of R in a line of
characteristic impedance Zo is α = R/2Zo. On substituting for R = 15 and Zo = 50, we get α =
15/(2 x 50) = 0.15 units.
This set of Electromagnetic Theory Problems focuses on “Transverse Electric Waves(TE)”.
1. In transverse electric waves, which of the following is true?

a) E is parallel to H
336
b) E is parallel to wave direction
c) E is transverse to wave direction
d) H is transverse to wave direction
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In TE waves, the electric field strength will be transverse to the wave direction.
Thus the TE waves are also called H waves.
2. The dominant mode in rectangular waveguide is

a) TE01
b) TE10
c) TM01
d) TM10
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: TE10 is the dominant mode in the rectangular waveguide. This is because it gives
the minimum cut off frequency required for transmission.
3. The number of modes in a waveguide having a V number of 10 is

a) 10
b) 25
c) 100
d) 50
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The number of modes is given by m = V2/2, where V is the v number. On
substituting for V = 10, we get m = 100/2 = 50.
4. Does the waveguide with dimensions 3 cm x 5.5 cm exist?

a) Yes
b) No
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For a waveguide, the dimension a should be greater than b. Here a = 3 and b = 5.5,
thus such waveguide does not exist.
5. The mode which has the highest wavelength is called

a) Dominant mode
337
b) Evanescent mode
c) Generate mode
d) Degenerate mode
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Dominant modes are the modes having least cut off frequency. This implies they
have highest cut off wavelength.
6. The intrinsic impedance of a TE wave having a cut off frequency of 6 GHz at a frequency of
7.5 GHz in air is
a) 628.33
b) 338.62
c) 498.76
d) 342.24
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance of a TE wave is given by ηTE = η/cos θ, where cos θ is
given by √(1- (fc/f)2). On substituting for fc = 6 GHz, f = 7.5 GHz and η = 377, we get the
intrinsic impedance as 628.33 units.
7. The cut off frequency of a rectangular waveguide of dimensions 3 cm x 1.5 cm is

a) 12 GHz
b) 6 GHz
c) 4 GHz
d) 5 GHz
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The cut off frequency in dominant mode will be fc = mc/2a. On substituting for c =
3 x 108 and a = 0.03, we get the cut off frequency as 5 GHz.
8. The propagation constant for a lossless transmission line will be

a) Real
b) Complex
c) Real and equal to phase constant
d) Complex and equal to phase constant
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The propagation constant is given by γ = α + jβ, where α and β are the attenuation
338
and phase constants respectively. For a lossless line, the attenuation constant is zero. Thus γ = jβ.
It is clear that γ is complex and equal to β.
9. The attenuation of a 50 ohm transmission line having a resistance of 100 ohm is

a) 0.01
b) 0.1
c) 1
d) 10
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The attenuation of a wave is given by α = R/2Z0. On substituting for R = 100 and
Z0 = 50, we get α = 100/(2 x 50) = 1 unit.
10. The cut off frequency of a TE wave with waveguide dimension of a= 3.5 cm in a medium of
permittivity 2.2 is
a) 2.88 GHz
b) 3.32 GHz
c) 4.5 GHz
d) 2.12 GHz
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The cut off frequency of a TE wave in any other medium is mc/2a√εr. On
substituting for a = 0.035 and εr = 2.2, we get the cut off frequency as 2.88 GHz.
11. The phase constant and frequency are related by

a) Phase constant α ω
b) Phase constant α 1/ω
c) Phase constant α 1/2ω
d) Phase constant α ω/2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The phase constant is given by β = ω√LC. Thus the relation is β is directly
proportional to ω.
12. Which of the following parameter is non zero for a lossless line?
a) Attenuation
b) Resistance
c) Conductance
339
d) Phase constant
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The attenuation constant, resistance and conductance are zero for a lossless line.
Only the phase constant is non zero.
“Transverse Magnetic Waves”.
1. In transverse magnetic waves, which of the following is true?

a) E is parallel to H
b) H is parallel to wave direction
c) H is transverse to wave direction
d) E is transverse to H
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In transverse magnetic waves, the magnetic field strength is transverse to the wave
direction. They are also called E waves.
2. The dominant mode in the TM waves is

a) TM01
b) TM10
c) TM20
d) TM11
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The modes TM10, TM01 and TM20 does not exist in any waveguide. The TM11 mode
is the dominant mode in the waveguide.
3. The modes in a waveguide having a V number of 20 is

a) 400
b) 200
c) 100
d) 40
View Answer
340
Answer: b
Explanation: The number of modes in a waveguide is given by m = V2/2. On substituting for V =
20, we get m = 400/2 = 200 modes.
4. The v number of a waveguide having 120 modes is

a) 15.5
b) 18
c) 24
d) 12
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The number of modes in a waveguide is given by m = V2/2. On substituting for m =
120, we get V = √(2 x 120) = 15.5.
5. The intrinsic impedance of a TM wave will be

a) Greater than 377 ohm
b) Equal to 377 ohm
c) Lesser than 377 ohm
d) Does not exist
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance of the transverse magnetic wave is given by ηTM = η √(1-
(fc/f)2). Here the term √(1-(fc/f)2) is always lesser than unity. Thus the intrinsic impedance of the
TM wave is lesser than 377 ohms.
6. The modes TMmo and TMon are called

a) Generate modes
b) Degenerate modes
c) Dominant modes
d) Evanescent modes
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The modes TMmo and TMon does not exist. These modes are said to be evanescent
mode.
7. Two modes with same cut off frequency are said to be

a) Generate modes
b) Dominant modes
c) Degenerate modes
341
d) Regenerate modes
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Two modes with same cut off frequency are called as degenerate modes. These
modes have same field distribution.
8. Does the mode TM30 exists?

a) Yes
b) No
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Modes in the format of TMmo and TMon does not exist. The given mode is in the
form of TMmo, which is does not exist. It is an evanescent mode.
9. The boundary between the Fresnel and Fraunhofer zones having a length of 12 units and a
wavelength of 3 units is
a) 96
b) 48
c) 192
d) 36
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Fresnel- Fraunhofer boundary is related by the wavelength as R = 2L2/λ. On
substituting for L = 12 and λ = 3, we get R = 2 x 122/3 = 96 units.
10. The reflection coefficient, when a resonant cavity is placed between the waveguide is
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Infinite
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When the waveguide is shorted by conducting plates, the reflection coefficient will
be unity. This will lead to the occurrence of standing waves.
11. The distance between two terminated plates is given by the

a) Guided wavelength
b) 2(guided wavelength)
342
c) Guided wavelength/2
d) (Guided wavelength)/4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The distance between the terminating plates is given by Vmin = λg/2, where λg is
the guided wavelength.
12. Find the guided wavelength if the distance between the two conducting plates in the
waveguide is 2 cm.
a) 4cm
b) 2cm
c) 1cm
d) 0.5cm
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The distance between the terminating plates is given by Vmin = λg/2, where λg is
the guided wavelength. On substituting for Vmin = 2cm, we get λg = 2Vmin = 2 x 0.02 = 4cm.
“Transverse Electric Magnetic Waves”.
1. In a transverse electric magnetic wave, which of the following will be true?

a) E is transverse to H
b) E is transverse to wave direction
c) H is transverse to wave direction
d) E and H are transverse to wave direction
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In the transverse electric magnetic wave (TEM wave), both the electric and
magnetic field strengths are transverse to the wave propagation.
2. The cut off frequency of the TEM wave is

a) 0
b) 1 GHz
343
c) 6 GHz
d) infinity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The TEM waves have both E and H perpendicular to the guide axis. Thus its cut off
frequency is zero.
3. Which component is non zero in a TEM wave?

a) Ex
b) Hz
c) Ez
d) Attenuation constant
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In a TEM wave, the wave propagates along the guided axis. Thus the components
Ez and Hz are zero. The attenuation is also zero. The non-zero component will be Ex.
4. TEM wave can propagate in rectangular waveguides. State true/false.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The rectangular waveguide does not allow the TEM wave. TEM mode can exist
only in two conductor system and not in hollow waveguide in which the centre conductor does
not exist.
5. The cut off wavelength in the TEM wave will be

a) 0
b) Negative
c) Infinity
d) 1/6 GHz
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The cut off frequency in a TEM wave is zero. Thus the cut off wavelength will be
infinity.
6. The guided wavelength of a TEM wave in a waveguide having a wavelength of 5 units is

a) 0
344
b) Infinity
c) 5
d) 1/5
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The guided wavelength is same as the wavelength of the waveguide with a TEM
wave. Thus the guided wavelength is 5 units.
7. The guided phase constant of a TEM wave in a waveguide with a phase constant of 2.8 units is
a) 2.8
b) 1.4
c) 0
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The guided phase constant is same as the phase constant of the waveguide. For the
given data, the guided phase constant is 2.8 units.
8. Which type of transmission line accepts the TEM wave?

a) Copper cables
b) Coaxial cable
c) Rectangular waveguides
d) Circular waveguides
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Hollow transmission lines support TE and TM waves only. The TEM wave is
possible only in the coaxial cable transmission line, which is not hollow.
9. For a TEM wave to propagate in a medium, the medium has to be

a) Air
b) Insulator
c) Dispersive
d) Non dispersive
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The medium in which the TEM waves propagate has to be non- dispersive. This
implies the phase velocity and the characteristic impedance has to be constant over a wide band.
345
10. Stripline and parallel plate waveguides support the TEM wave. State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The stripline and parallel plate waveguides are not hollow and the dielectric is
lossless. The medium is non dispersive. Thus the statement is true.
“Phase and Group Velocity”.
346
1. In a waveguide, which of the following condition is true always?
a) phase velocity = c
b) group velocity = c
c) phase velocity > c
d) phase velocity < c
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase velocity is always greater than the speed of light in waveguides. This
implies the group velocity is small.
2. The term cos θ is given by 2.5. Find the phase velocity.

a) 3
b) 5
c) 7.5
d) 2.5
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase velocity is given by Vp = c cos θ. On substituting for cos θ = 2.5 and the
speed of light, we get the phase velocity as 7.5 x 108 m/s.
3. The cut off wavelength and the guided wavelength are given by 0.5 and 2 units respectively.
Find the wavelength of the wave.
a) 0.48
b) 0.32
c) 0.45
d) 0.54
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The cut off wavelength and the guided wavelength are related as (1/λ)2 = (1/λc)2 +
(1/λg)2. On substituting for λc = 0.5 and λg = 2, we get λ = 0.48 units.
4. The cut off wavelength of the rectangular waveguide in dominant mode with dimensions 6 cm
x 4 cm is
a) 12cm
b) 6cm
c) 4cm
d) 2cm
View Answer
347
Answer: a
Explanation: The cut off wavelength in the dominant mode is given by λc = 2a/m, where a is the
broad wall dimension. On substituting for m = 1 and a = 6cm, we get the cut off wavelength as
12cm.
5. The product of the phase and the group velocities is given by the
a) Speed of light
b) Speed of light/2
c) 2 x Speed of light
d) (speed of light)/4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The product of the phase and the group velocities is given by the square of the
speed of the light. Thus Vp x Vg = c2 is the relation.
6. The phase velocity of a wave having a group velocity of 6 x 106 is (in order of 108 m/s)
a) 2.4
b) 3
c) 15
d) 150
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: We know that the phase and the group velocities are given by Vp x Vg = c2. On
substituting for Vg = 6 x 106 and the speed of light, we get Vp = 150 x 108 m/s.
7. The group velocity of a wave with a phase velocity of 60 x 109 is (in 106 order)
a) 1.5
b) 2
c) 2.5
d) 3
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We know that the phase and the group velocities are given by Vp x Vg = c2. On
substituting for Vp = 60 x 109 and the speed of light, we get Vg = 1.5 x 106 m/s.
8. The phase velocity of a wave having a phase constant of 4 units and a frequency of 2.5 x 109
radian/sec is (in 108 order)
a) 3.25
b) 3.75
348
c) 6.25
d) 6.75
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The phase velocity and the phase constant are related by Vp = ω/βg. On substituting
for ω = 2.5 x 109 and β = 4, we get the phase velocity as 6.25 units.
9. The guided wavelength and the phase constant are related by

a) 2π/βg = λg
b) 1/βg = λg
c) 1/2πβg = λg
d) βg = λg
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The guided wavelength and the phase constant are related by 2π/βg = λg, where βg
is the guided phase constant and λg is the guided wavelength.
10. The phase velocity refers to a group of waves and the group velocity refers to a single wave.
State true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The phase velocity refers to a single wave and the group velocity refers to a group
of waves.
11. The phase and group velocities does not depend on which of the following?
a) Frequency
b) Wavelength
c) Phase constant
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The phase and the group velocities are directly related by the frequency,
wavelength and the phase constant. It is independent of the attenuation constant.
12. The distance between two successive points in a waveguide is the

a) Guided wavelength
349
b) 2 x guided wavelength
c) Guided wavelength/2
d) (guided wavelength)/4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The distance between two successive points in a waveguide is equal to half of the
guided wavelength.
This set of Basic Electromagnetic Theory Questions and Answers focuses on “Waveguide
Current and Excitation”.
1. The source voltage of a 75ohm transmission line is given by 150V. Find the load current.
a) 0.5
b) 2
c) 4
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The load current is given by IL = VS/Z0. On substituting for VS = 150 and Z0 = 75,
we get IL = 150/75= 2A.
2. The guided terminations are used to

a) Increase reflection
b) Increase transmission
c) Eliminate reflection loss
d) Eliminate attenuation
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The guided termination refers to the waveguide shorted by conducting plates. This
is done in order to eliminate the reflection losses.
3. Which type of wave does the resonant cavity produce?

a) Standing waves
b) Guided waves
c) Transmitted waves
d) Attenuated waves
View Answer
350
Answer: a
Explanation: Resonant cavity is the waveguide shorted by a conducting plate. This is to reduce
the reflection losses. Such arrangement leads to standing waves.
4. Which of the following parameter cannot be calculated from the standing waves?
a) Peak voltage and peak current
b) SWR
c) Reflection and transmission coefficients
View Answer
View AnswerAnswer: d
Explanation: The peak voltage and current can be directly measured from the standing waves.
The standing wave ratio, reflection coefficient and the transmission coefficient can also be
calculated from it. Only the attenuation constant cannot be calculated directly.
5. For efficient transmission, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line has to be
a) 50 ohm
b) 75 ohm
c) Either 50 or 75 ohm
d) Neither 50 nor 75 ohm
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Generally, for ideal transmission lines, the characteristic impedance should be
either 50 ohm or 75 ohm.
6. The cavity resonators are used in the klystron amplifiers for

a) Amplifying RF signals
b) Amplifying microwave signals
c) Attenuating RF signals
d) Attenuating microwave signals
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The cavity resonators are employed in the klystron amplifiers for amplifying the
microwave signals.
7. The cavity resonators used in the reflex klystron oscillators are for
a) Generating RF signals
b) Generating microwave signals
c) Amplifying RF signals
351
d) Amplifying microwave signals
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Oscillators are devices that generate signal waveforms. The reflex klystron
oscillator is used to generate microwave signals.
8. One of the applications of the cavity resonators is duplexer in RADAR systems. State
true/false.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Cavity resonator is used in duplexers of RADAR systems, as resonant cavity in
transmit receive (TR) tubes and antitransmit receive (ART) tubes.
9. Cavity wave meters are used to measure which parameter of the wave?
a) Wavelength
b) Reflection factor
c) Phase
d) Frequency
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Cavity resonators are used in cavity wave meters for the measurement of frequency
of the microwave signals.
10. The waveguides are terminated by the procedure of

a) Trimming
b) Polishing
c) Tapering
d) Pruning
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: A waveguide is terminated by concept of tapered or exponential line and uses a
dielectric having considerable conductivity to provide power absorbing properties. This will
eliminate the reflection losses.
352
“Transients”.
1. The resonant circuit in a waveguide refers to the

a) Tank circuit
b) RC circuit
c) Bridge circuit
d) Attenuator circuit
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The resonant circuit refers to the tank circuit. It is parallel combination of an
inductor and a capacitor.
2. When a waveguide is terminated, the mode of the guided termination will be

a) zero
b) non-zero
c) infinite
d) does not exist
View Answer
353
Answer: b
Explanation: A waveguide mode with a guided termination is represented by TEmnp and
TMmnp. Here m and n are the orders of the waveguide and p is the order of the resonant cavity.
It is always a non-zero value.
3. The cut off frequency of a waveguide with resonant cavity is given by

a) V√((m/a)2 + (n/b)2 + (p/d)2)/2
b) V√((m/a)2 + (n/b)2 + (p/d)2)
c) 2V√((m/a)2 + (n/b)2 + (p/d)2)
d) V√((m/a) + (n/b) + (p/d))/2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The cut off frequency of the waveguide of dimensions a x b with the resonant
cavity of dimension d is given by fc = √((m/a)2 + (n/b)2 + (p/d)2)/2. Here m and n are the orders
of the waveguide, p is the order of the cavity and v is the velocity.
4. The power of a wave in a transmission line, when the current and the resistance are 5A and
120 ohm respectively is
a) 3000
b) 4000
c) 2000
d) 1500
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The power of a line is given by P = I2R. On substituting for I = 5 and R = 120, we
get P = 52 x 120 = 3000 units.
5. The power of a wave having a magnetic field intensity of 2.5 units is

a) 1.17 kilo watt
b) 1.17 mega watt
c) 1.17 watt
d) 11.7 watt
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The power of a wave is given by P = 0.5 η H2, where η is the intrinsic impedance
and H is the magnetic field intensity. On substituting for η = 377 and H = 2.5, we get P = 0.5 x
377 x 2.52 = 1.17 kilo watts.
354
6. The power of a wave having an electric field strength of 12.8 units is
a) 0.217
b) 0.721
c) 0.127
d) 0.172
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The power of a wave is given by P = 0.5 E2/η, where E is the electric field intensity
and η is the intrinsic impedance. On substituting for E = 12.8 and η = 377, we get P = 0.5 x
12.82/377 = 0.217 units.
7. The form or mode of propagation is determined by which factors?

a) Type of excitation device
b) Location of excitation device
c) Type and location of the excitation device
d) Waveguide characteristics
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The form and the mode of propagation of the wave in a waveguide is determined by
the type and location of the excitation device.
8. The phase of the wave after the installation of the guided terminations will be
a) 0
b) 45
c) 90
d) 180
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Using a guided termination, the guides serves as a reflector. If the distance between
the exciter and the wall is properly adjusted, the transmitted and the reflected wave will be in
phase.
9. The exciter of the waveguide in a transmission line is the

a) Transmitter
b) Receiver
c) Transponder
d) Antenna
View Answer
355
Answer: d
Explanation: The waveguide is usually excited by the antenna rod. The reflection depends on the
phase of excitation and the antenna current.
10. A waveguide imitates which type of filter characteristics?

a) Low pass filter
b) High pass filter
c) Band pass filter
d) Band reject filter
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: A waveguide passes only high frequency waves (in GHz range) and attenuates low
frequencies. This is the characteristic of a high pass filter.
13. Questions & Answers on Advanced and Tricky Questions
The section contains questions on advanced, tricky, tough questions on electromagnetic theory.
Ticky Electromagnetic Theory Questions

Advanced Electromagnetic Theory Questions
Tough Electromagnetic Theory Questions
356
This set consists of Tricky Electromagnetic Theory Questions and Answers.
357
1. The tangential component of an electric field will be continuous in which boundary?
a) Conductor-Conductor
b) Conductor-Dielectric
c) Dielectric-Dielectric
d) Any boundary
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The tangential component of an electric field will be continuous in any type of
boundary.
2. The depth of penetration of a wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing

a) Conductivity
b) Permeability
c) Wavelength
d) Permittivity
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The depth of penetration or skin depth is inversely proportional to the frequency.
Thus it has to be directly proportional to the wavelength.
3. Magnetic vector potential is a vector

a) Whose curl is equal to the magnetic flux density
b) Whose curl is equal to the electric field intensity
c) Whose divergence is equal to electric potential
d) Which is equal to the vector product E x H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic vector potential is A. The curl of A is a vector and it is equal to the
magnetic flux density. It is given by Curl(A) = B.
4. For the wave equation E = 10sin (wt-5z)ax, the wave propagation will be in the direction of
a) Y direction
b) Z direction
c) X direction
d) XY direction
View Answer
358
Answer: b
Explanation: The equation represents the electric field component of the wave. Here, ax
represents the electric wave direction and z represents the wave direction.
5. An electric field on a plane is described by its potential V = 20(r-1 + r-2), where r is the
distance from the source. The field is due to
a) A monopole
b) A dipole
c) Both a monopole and a dipole
d) A quadruple
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In the potential given, one component is inversely proportional to r, which is due to
a monopole and the other component is inversely proportional to r2, which is due to a dipole.
6. The electric field strength at a far-off point P due to a point charge, +q located at the origin O
is 100 milliVolt/meter. The point charge is now enclosed by a perfectly conducting hollow metal
sphere with its centre and the origin O. The electric field strength at the point, P is
a) Remains unchanged in its magnitude and direction
b) Remains unchanged in its magnitude but reverse in direction
c) Would be that due to a dipole formed by the charge, +q, at O and -q induced
d) Would be zero
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: According to Gauss Law, the total displacement or electric flux through any closed
surface surrounding charges is equal to the amount of charge enclosed. The total enclosed charge
is -q + q = 0. Thus the flux and electric field strength will be zero.
7. The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic wve in free space, along the positive
direction, is given by E = 10(ay + jaz)e-j25x. The frequency and polarization of the wave,
respectively are
a) 1.2 GHz, left circular
b) 4 GHz, left circular
c) 1.2 GHz, right circular
d) 4 GHz, right circular
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The amplitudes of the components are the same. Hence it is circular polarization.
359
The phase difference is +90 degree. Thus it is left hand circular polarisation. The frequency f =
c/wavelength = 3 x 108 x 25/2 x 3.14= 1.2 GHz.
8. Identify which one of the following will NOT satisfy the wave equation.
a) 50ej(wt – 3z)
b) sin(w(10z + 5t))
c) cos(y2 + 5t)
d) sin x cos t
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The wave cos(y2 + 5t) does not satisfy the general wave equation. Thus it is not an
electromagnetic wave.
9. The intrinsic impedance of copper at high frequencies is

a) Purely resistive
b) Purely inductive
c) Complex with a capacitive component
d) Complex with a inductive component
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The intrinsic impedance is given by √(jwµ√ϭ + jw€). Since copper is a good
conductor, ϭ << jw€, thus the intrinsic impedance will have +j component only. This refers to
complex with an inductive component.
10. A loop is rotating about the y axis in a magnetic field B = Bocos(wt + α)at. The voltage in the
loop is
a) Zero
b) Due to rotation only
c) Due to transformer action only
d) Due to both rotation and transformer action
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The voltage in the loop is due to two reactions – time varying magnetic field and
voltage induced in a loop moving with velocity v in steady magnetic field. Thus the voltage in
the loop is due to both rotation and transformer action.
360
This set consists of Tough Electromagnetic Theory Questions and Answers.
1. Copper behaves as a
a) Conductor always
b) Conductor or dielectric depending on the applied electric field strength
c) Conductor or dielectric depending on the frequency
d) Conductor or dielectric depending on the electric current density
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The loss tangent for copper is very large due to its high conductivity. This shows
that the copper behaves as a conductor in all conditions.
2. In a good conductor the phase relation between the tangential components of electric E and the
magnetic field H is as follows
a) E and H are in phase
b) E and H are out of phase
c) H leads E by 90
d) E leads H by 45
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In a conductor, the intrinsic impedance gives the phase relation between E and H.
For a conductor, the electric field and magnetic field are in 45 degree phase difference. E and H
are 45 leading.
361
3. For an electromagnetic wave incident from one medium to a second medium, total internal
reflection takes place when
a) Angle of incidence is equal to the Brewster angle with E field perpendicular to the plane of
incidence
b) Angle of incidence is equal to the Brewster angle with E field parallel to the plane of
incidence
c) Angle of incidence is equal to the critical angle with the wave moving from the denser to rarer
medium
d) Angle of incidence is equal to the critical angle with the wave moving from the rarer to denser
medium
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Total internal reflection takes place when the angle of incidence is greater than the
critical angle. Also the wave should move from the denser medium to a rarer medium.
4. For maximum power transfer, a lossless transmission line 50 ohm is to be matched to a

resistive load impedance of 100 ohm. The characteristic impedance of the wavelength/4
transformer is
a) 70.7
b) 50
c) 100
d) Infinity
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For maximum power transfer, Zin = Z02/ZL. On substituting for the given values, we
get the characteristic impedance as 70.7 ohm.
5. In an impedance Smith chart , a clockwise movement along a constant resistance circle gives
rise to
a) Decrease in reactance
b) Increase in reactance
c) No change in reactance
d) No change in impedance
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In clockwise direction, along the constant resistance circle gives rise to an increase
in the value of reactance.
362
6. A transmission line is distortionless if
a) RL = 1/GC
b) RL = GC
c) LG = RC
d) RG = LC
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Condition for distortionless line is R/L = G/C. In other words, the rise time constant
is equal to the fall time constant. Hence RC = LG.
7. A lossless line having 50 ohm characteristic impedance and length wavelength/4 is short
circuited at one end connected to an ideal voltage source of 1V at the other end. The current
drawn from the voltage sources is
a) 0
b) 0.02
c) Infinity
d) 50
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For a quarter wave transformer, the input impedance is given by Zin = Z02/ZL. The
load impedance will be zero in case of short circuit. Thus the input impedance will be infinite.
The current drawn is I = V/ZL = 1/∞ = 0.
8. The capacitance per unit length and the characteristic impedance of a lossless transmission
line are C and Z respectively. The velocity of a travelling wave on the transmission line is
a) ZC
b) 1/ZC
c) Z/C
d) C/Z
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The characteristic impedance of the Z = √(L/C) and the velocity of propagation is V
= 1/√(LC). Thus we get V = 1/ZC.
9. The minimum distance of the stub from the load side is 5 cm. Calculate the guided wavelength
of the transmission line.
a) 5 cm
b) 2.5 cm
c) 10 cm
363
d) 1.25 cm
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The minimum distance of the stub from the load line is given by Vmin =
wavelength/2. On substituting the given value, we get the guided wavelength as 10 cm.
10. One end of a lossless transmission line having the characteristic impedance of 75 ohm and
length of 1 cm is short circuited. At 3 GHz, the input impedance at the other end of the
transmission line is
a) 0
b) Resistive
c) Inductive
d) Capacitive
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The input impedance is given by ZIN = j Zo tan 2pi l/wavelength. For short circuited
line, ZL = 0. On substituting the given values we get the input impedance as j54.49 ohm.
This set consists of Advanced Electromagnetic Theory Questions and Answers.
1. In the design of a single mode step index optical fiber close to upper cut off, the single mode
operation is NOT preserved if
a) Radius as well as operating wavelength are halved
b) Radius as well as operating wavelength are doubled
c) Radius is halved and operating wavelength is doubled
d) Radius is doubled and operating wavelength is halved
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The cut off frequency is given by f = 2πa sin α/wavelength, where a is the radius of
core. For a single mode step index fiber, f must lie between 0 and 2.405. Thus to get f below
2.405, the radius must be doubled and wavelength must be halved.
2. Which parameters cannot be computed from the Smith chart?

a) Impedance
364
b) Admittance
c) Reflection coefficient and VSWR
d) Intrinsic impedance
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From the Smith chart, the parameters impedance, admittance, reflection coefficient
and VSWR can be computed directly. The intrinsic impedance cannot be calculated.
3. Consider a transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 ohm. Let it be terminated at one

end by +j50 ohm. The VSWR produced by it in the transmission line will be
a) 1
b) 0
c) Infinity
d) +j
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The reflection coefficient is given by R = j50 – 50/j50 + 50 = j – 1/j + 1. Thus the
reflection coefficient is given by 1. The VSWR = 1 + R/1 – R = 2/0 = infinity.
4. A transmission line whose characteristic impedance is a pure resistance

a) Must be a lossless line
b) Must be a distortionless line
c) May not be a lossless line
d) May be a lossless and may not be a distortionless line
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: When the characteristic line is a pure resistance, the line must be a distortionless
line. But it may not be a lossless line.
5. A two wire transmission line of characteristic impedance Z is connected to a load impedance

ZL(ZL and Zo are not equal). Impedance matching cannot be achieved with
a) A quarter wavelength transformer
b) A half wavelength transformer
c) An open circuited parallel stub
d) A short circuited parallel stub
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When the characteristic and load impedance are not same, a half wavelength
365
transformer cannot be used for impedance matching because when l = wavelength/2, we get Zin =
ZL.
6. A transmission line of pure resistance characteristic impedance is terminated with an unknown

load. The measured value of VSWR on the line is 2 and a voltage minimum point is found to be
at the load. The load impedance is then
a) Complex
b) Purely capacitive
c) Purely resistive
d) Purely inductive
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Given, voltage minimum point is at load. If minimum voltage or maximum voltage
occurs at the load for a lossless transmission line then the load impedance is purely resistive.
7. Which one of the following field patterns represents a TEM wave travelling in the positive x
direction?
a) E = +8y, H = -4z
b) E = -2y, H = -3z
c) E = +2z, H = +2y
d) E = -3y, H = +4z
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: To get wave travelling in the positive direction, the E component has to be in
negative y direction and the H component has to be in negative z direction. Thus E = -2y and H =
-3z is the right option.
8. The modes in a rectangular waveguide are denoted by TEmn / TMmn, where m and n are the
Eigen values along the larger and smaller dimensions of the waveguide respectively. Which one
of the following statements is true?
a) The TM10 mode does not exist
b) The TE10 mode does not exist
c) The TE10 and TM10 both exist and have same cut off frequencies
d) When m and n are increases, the cut off frequency decreases
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For TM mode, TM00, TM10, TM01 does not exist. For TE mode, TE00 does not exist
but TE10 and TE01 exists.
366
9. In a microwave test bench, why is the microwave signal amplitude modulated at 1 kHz?
a) To increase the sensitivity of measurement
b) To transmit the signal to a far off place
c) To study amplitude modulation
d) Because crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Since crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies, microwave signal amplitude
is modulated at 1kHz.
10. Consider a lossless antenna with a directive gain of +6 decibel. If 1 milliwatt of power is fed
to it, the total power radiated by the antenna will be (in milliwatt)
a) 4
b) 1
c) 7
d) 1/4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For a lossless antenna, the input power and the radiated power will be same. The
efficiency will be 100%. Thus the radiated power will also be 1 milliwatt.
Best Reference Books – Electromagnetic Waves

1. “Electro-magnetic Waves and Radiation Systems” by E C Jordon and E G Balmain
367
2. Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics ” by D K Cheng
3. Electromagnetic Waves” by R K Shevgaonkar
4. Electromagnetic Waves & Radiating Systems” by Balmain and Jordan
5. ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES & RADIATING SYSTEMS” by E C Jordan and K G Balmain
6. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves” by Paul Lorrain
7. Concise College Physics Waves Optics Electricity Electromagnetism and Electronics” by S E Nonie
8. Electromagnetic Waves, Materials, and Computation with MATLAB” by Dikshitulu K Kalluri
9. Electromagnetic Waves” by F W G White
10. Oscillations and Waves: In Strong Gravitational and Electromagnetic Fields” by Nail R Sibgatullin
Queen Sibgatullin
368
Manish Bhojasia, a technology veteran with 20+ years @ Cisco & Wipro, is Founder and CTO at
Sanfoundry. He is Linux Kernel Developer and SAN Architect and is passionate about
competency developments in these areas. He lives in Bangalore and delivers focused training
sessions to IT professionals in Linux Kernel, Linux Debugging, Linux Device Drivers, Linux
Networking, Linux Storage & Cluster Administration, Advanced C Programming, SAN Storage
Technologies, SCSI Internals and Storage Protocols such as iSCSI & Fiber Channel. Stay
connected with him below:
LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Google+
369

1000 Electromagnetic Theory MCQs

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

1000 Electromagnetic Theory MCQs

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

1

1000 Electromagnetic Theory MCQs

Set by ltm3542 mcqsbook1@gmail.com source : https://www.sanfoundry.com

Who should Practice these Electromagnetic Theory Questions?

1. Questions & Answers on Vector Analysis and Applications

Dot and Cross Product

2. Questions on Coordinate Systems and Transforms

Cartesian Coordinate System

Gradient Volume Integral

4. Questions on Electrostatic Fields

5. Questions & Answers on Electric Fields in Material Space

6. Questions on Electrostatic Boundary Value Problem

Poisson and Laplace Equation

Biot Savart Law Magnetic Field Density

8. Questions on Magnetic Forces and Materials

Magnetic Force and Lorentz Force Magnetization

9. Questions & Answers on Maxwell Equations

10. Questions on EM Wave Propagation

Lossy and Lossless Dielectrics Refractive Index and Numerical Aperture

11. Questions & Answers on Transmission Lines

The section contains questions on transmission line primary,secondary parameters with

Transmission Line Primary Parameters

12. Questions on Waveguides

13. Questions & Answers on Advanced and Tricky Questions

Ticky Electromagnetic Theory Questions

Dot and Cross Product

1. When two vectors are perpendicular, their

2. The cross product of the vectors 3i + 4j – 5k and –i + j – 2k is,

3. Which of the following are not vector functions in Electromagnetics?

5. Find whether the vectors are parallel, (-2,1,-1) and (0,3,1)

6. Lorentz force is based on,

7. Electromagnetic forces are defined by

9. Which of the Pythagorean Theorem is valid in Electromagnetics?

2. The divergence of distance vector is

4. The unit vector to the points p1(0,1,0), p2(1,0,1), p3(0,0,1) is

5. The polar form of Cartesian coordinates is

6. The work-electric field relation is given by

7. The distance vector can be used to compute which of the following?

8. Distance and position vectors rely on field strength. State True/False.

1. The del operator is called as

2. The relation between vector potential and field strength is given by

3. The Laplacian operator is actually

4. The divergence of curl of a vector is zero. State True or False.

5. The curl of gradient of a vector is non-zero. State True or False.

6. Identify the correct vector identity.

7. A vector is said to be solenoidal when its

10. When a vector is irrotational, which condition holds good?

Cartesian Coordinate System

1. The Cartesian system is also called as

2. The volume of a parallelepiped in Cartesian is

4. The scalar factor of Cartesian system is unity. State True/False.

5. The angular separation between the vectors A = 4i + 3j + 5k and B = i – 2j + 2k is (in degrees)

7. Transform the vector A = 3i – 2j – 4k at P(2,3,3) to cylindrical coordinates

8. The spherical equivalent of the vector B = yi + (x + z)j located at (-2,6,3) is given by

9. Which of the following criteria is used to choose a coordinate system?

1. The cylindrical coordinate system is also referred to as

3. Cylindrical systems have the following scalar values respectively

4. A charge located at point p (5,30⁰,2) is said to be in which coordinate system?

5. Cylindrical system is employed in waveguides. State True/False.

6. The pressure inside a piston cylinder is a variable of

7. Charges filled inside a cylindrical will possess flux in which direction?

8. Rectangular waveguides dominate the circular waveguides. Find the reason.

1. Convert the point (3,4,5) from Cartesian to spherical coordinates

2. Example of spherical system in the following is